Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

С английского на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Немецкий
Русский

in the passage concerning

Толкование Перевод

1 ἐπί

ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)

A ἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.

A WITH GEN.:

I of Place,

1 with Verbs of Rest, upon, καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
; ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
; ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
; κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα) ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356; οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
; ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
; ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
; ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
; οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
; πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.; ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support, νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190; γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.); νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
; ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.); οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
; τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b; τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
; ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118; οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns, ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153; κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.

2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21; ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).

b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.

c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom., εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32; οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
; ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
; ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
; ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.; αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι D.18.16
; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; also αὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; πράττειν Pl.Prt. 326d
, cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.

d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; οὐκ ἐπ' ὀλίγων ἀσπίδων στρατιὰν παρατεταγμένην Th.7.79
; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line, ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X., ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.

e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of, ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
; ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official, ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14; γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
; τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
; πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).

f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of, ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
; ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
; αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.; τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
; τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.); ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
; τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
; οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
; ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject, λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.; ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; ἵνα τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἐπ' αὐτῶν κοινοὺς ποιήσωμαι D.60.12
.

3 implying Motion:

a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80; ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
; τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.

b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf. εἰς A.1.2
, ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45; ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39; ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place, προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
; τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places, ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
; πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1; ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.

c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7; ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;
ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to.., Pl.Prt. 358b
; cf. infr. B. 111.2.

II of Time, in the time of, ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332; ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.; ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
; ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.; ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.; ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36; αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403; ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.); ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.

b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.

III in various causal senses:

1 over, of persons in authority, ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5; ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
; ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.

2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45; ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
: ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; also ἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.

3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183; ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
; ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
; ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17; τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
; ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
; ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
; ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.); ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).

4 in respect of, ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning, τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).

B WITH DAT.:

I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):

1 with Verbs of Rest, ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
; ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
; στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240; ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
; ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, νηυσὶν ἐπ' ὠκυπόροισιν ἔβαινον 2.351
(v.l. for ἐν) ; ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in, ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
; τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
; ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near, ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
; ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside, ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.; ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
; ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.

b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; τοιόνδ' ἐπ' ἀνδρὶ κομπάζεις λόγον A.Ag. 1400
; also, over or in honour of, ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; κειράμενοι χαίτας ἐπ' Ἀδώνιδι Bion 1.81
, cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.

c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon, οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to, ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
; ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
; δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.; ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87; νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.

d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120; ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
; ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).

e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ' ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308; ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277; ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals, τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.; γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with, ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρ ποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνον ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
; παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.

f. of position, after, behind, of soldiers, X.Cyr.8.3.16-18.

g. in dependence upon, in the power of, τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.; ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
; ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.; τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.

h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56; ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
; ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).

i. of condition or circumstances in which one is, ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.; ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; ἐπ' ἀσφάκτοις μήλοισι E. Ion 228
(lyr.); ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
; ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
; ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2; ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
; ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).

k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.

2. with Verbs of Motion:

a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support, ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
; θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
; καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ. ψαμάθοις 23.853
; ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμας βαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.

b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
; καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ' ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273; νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.

c. rarely for εἰς c.acc., νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.

d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοι Ἀκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
; ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
; ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
; κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
; ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινι τετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13; ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).

II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529; ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105; ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1; ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
; ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.

2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδι ἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.; ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.; τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.

3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., ἐπὶ Χαιριάδαι Schwyzer665
A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).

III. in various causal senses:

1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection, ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122; ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνειν ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
; ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574; δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
; ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ. δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.

2. of an end or purpose, υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44; ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
; ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
; ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.); ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10; ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66; ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
; ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.; τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).

3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.; ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20; ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry, τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαί τινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
; τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of.., ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.

4. of the price for which.., ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .
ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200; ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
; ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;
ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for
225
per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed, δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνου κεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
; ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
; δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.

5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται.. ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
; ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; so ὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖν ἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ. ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).

6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221; ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
; οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
; σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳ στρατεύματι Th.6.29
; ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33; οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
; ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.

7. in possession of, possessing, ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2; ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
; ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.); ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.

C. WITH Acc.:

I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion, ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶν ὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
; προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππων ἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43; ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218; Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
; θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.

b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).

2. to, ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ. τεῖχος 12.443
; ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
; ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
; ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers., βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest, ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
; παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.

b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127; ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
; ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.

c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]), παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
; ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλων ἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements, πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron., τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσον ἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97; ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ. πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
; ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατον ἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259; ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs., ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.

d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e), ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79); ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.

e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.; ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.

3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. κέρας v11
): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.; ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.

4. in hostile sense, against, ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
; ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.; ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσ Ἀθηναίους Th.2.90
; πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.

5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶτα θαλάσσης 2.159
; ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον 1.350
; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771; ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
; ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4; ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on, δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765; ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11; ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
; ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among, κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535; δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.

II. of Time, for or during a certain time, ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193: πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
; παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
; ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
; ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ' ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d; γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20; ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.

2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιος καὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
; οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.

III. in various causal senses:

1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421; ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
; ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers., ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555; κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
; κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83; ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394; ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
; κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.; καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ τοῦτο Pl.Grg. 447b
, etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256; ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσαν ἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434; ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμος ἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun, ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.

2. so far as regards, τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
; ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12; τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.; ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν ξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
; κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ. μέγα Call.Dian.55
.

3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺς καθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24; ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.; ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέται οἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.

4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.

D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb, ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.

II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ. γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).

E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπας ἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.; πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).

II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴ ἐπέων 11.367
; ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).

F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ἐπέχω v11
). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).

G. IN COMPOSITION:

I. of Place, denoting,

1. Support or Rest upon, ἔπειμι (A), ἐπίκειμαι, ἐπικαθίζω, ἐπαυχένιος, ἐπιβώμιος, etc.

2. Motion,

a. upon or over, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιτρέχω.

b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.

c. against, ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.

d. up to a point, ἐπιτελέω.

e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.

f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.

g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.

3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω, ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.

4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.

5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.

6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.

II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι, ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.

III. in causal senses:

1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.

2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.

3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.

4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπί
2 con

prep.

1 with.

¿con quién vas? who are you going with?

lo ha conseguido con su esfuerzo he has achieved it through his own efforts

una cartera con varios documentos a briefcase containing several documents

con el tiempo lo olvidé in time I forgot it

2 in spite of (a pesar de).

con todo despite everything

con lo estudioso que es, le suspendieron for all his hard work, they still failed him

Está con mucho dolor He is in [with] a lot of pain.

3 by.

con hacerlo así by doing it this way

con salir a las diez es suficiente if we leave at ten, we'll have plenty of time

* * *

con

► preposición

1 (instrumento, medio) with

■ se defendió con un puñal she defended herself with a knife

■ hay que comerlo con una cuchara you have to eat it with a spoon

■ me divirtió con sus chistes I really enjoyed his jokes

2 (modo, circunstancia) in, with

■ ¿vas a salir con este frío? are you going out in this cold?

■ me gustas con ese vestido you look nice in that dress, I like that dress on you

3 (juntamente, en compañía) with

■ se encerró con su prima en la habitación she shut herself up in the room with her cousin

■ Juan se quedó con las maletas Juan was left with the suitcases

4 (contenido) with

■ encontré una cartera con dinero I found a wallet with some money in it

5 (relación) to

■ yo hablo con todos I speak to everybody

■ fui amable con él I was nice to him

6 (reciprocidad)

■ ámense unos con otros love one another

7 (comparación) compared to

■ su fuerza no es nada con la mía his strength is nothing compared to mine

8 (a pesar de) in spite of, despite

■ con la nota que tenía no fue aceptado he wasn't accepted in spite of his grade

9 con + inf by + gerund

■ con disculparte no solucionas nada you won't solve anything just by apologizing

10 (aunque) in spite of

■ con ser tan fuerte... in spite of being so strong...

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

con que / con tal de que / con tal que provided, as long as

con todo (y eso) nevertheless, even so

* * *

prep.

1) with

2) to, towards

3) although

•

- con tal que

* * *

PREP

1) [indicando compañía, instrumento, medio] with

vivo con mis padres — I live with my parents

¿con quién vas a ir? — who are you going with?

atado con cuerda — tied with string

lo tomo con limón — I take it with lemon

con su ayuda — with his help

ducharse con agua fría — to have a cold shower

lo he escrito con bolígrafo — I wrote it in pen

andar con muletas — to walk on o with crutches

con este sol no hay quien salga — no one can go out in this sun

con el tiempo — in the course of time, with time

2) [indicando características, estado]

un hombre con principios — a man of principle

llegó con aspecto relajado — she arrived looking relaxed

un amigo con aspecto de jugador de rugby — a friend who is built like a rugby player

gente joven con ganas de divertirse — young people out for a good time

murió con 60 años — she died at the age of 60

3) [indicando combinación] and

pan con mantequilla — bread and butter

vodka con naranja — vodka and orange

café con leche — white coffee

arroz con leche — rice pudding

4) [indicando contenido]

una cazuela con agua caliente — a pan of hot water

un maletín con dinero — a briefcase full of money

encontraron una maleta con 800.000 dólares — they found a suitcase containing 800,000 dollars o with 800,000 dollars in it

5) [indicando modo]

se levantó con rapidez — he got up quickly

ábrelo con cuidado — open it carefully

anda con dificultad — she walks with difficulty

desayunamos con apetito — we ate our breakfast with relish

estar con algo, estar con dolor de muelas/la pierna escayolada — to have toothache/one's leg in plaster

está con la gripe — he's got flu

con mucho gusto — certainly, by all means

6) [como complemento personal de algunos verbos] to

¿con quién hablas? — who are you speaking to?

voy a hablar con Luis — I'll talk to Luis

se ha casado con Jesús — she's married Jesús, she's got married to Jesús

estoy emparentado con la duquesa — I am related to the duchess

no sabemos lo que va a pasar con nosotros — we don't know what's going to happen to us

me escribo con ella — she and I write to each other

7) [tras adjetivos] to, towards

amable con todos — kind to o towards everybody

ser insolente con el jefe — to be disrespectful to o towards the boss

8) [con decimales]

once con siete — [11,7] eleven point seven ( 11.7)

un dólar con cincuenta centavos — one dollar fifty cents

9) (=pese a) in spite of

con tantas dificultades, no se descorazonó — in spite of all o for all the difficulties he didn't lose heart

con ser su madre, le odia — even though she is his mother she hates him

con todo (y con eso), la gente se lo pasó bien — in spite of everything, people had a good time

10) [en exclamaciones]

¡vaya con el niño! — * the cheeky monkey! *

¡con lo bien que se está aquí! — and it's so nice here too!

no me dejó ni un trocito, con lo que me gustan esos caramelos — he didn't even let me have a tiny piece, and he knows how much I like those sweets

11) [indicando una condición]

a) + infin

con estudiar un poco apruebas — with a bit of studying you should pass

cree que con confesarlo se librará del castigo — he thinks that by owning up he'll escape punishment

con decirle que no voy, se arreglará todo — when I tell him I'm not going, everything will be fine

con llegar a las seis estará bien — if you come by six it will be fine

con llegar tan tarde nos perderemos la comida — by arriving so late we're going to miss the meal

b)

con que + subjun —

con que me digas tu teléfono basta — if you just give me your phone number that'll be enough

con que me invite, me conformo — as long as o provided that she invites me, I don't mind

basta con que nos remita la tarjeta cumplimentada — all you have to do is send us the completed card
tal 3., 4)
* * *

preposición

1)

a) (expresando relaciones de compañía, comunicación, reciprocidad) with

vive con su novio — she lives with her boyfriend

hablar con alguien — to talk to somebody

está casada con mi primo — she's married to my cousin

b) (indicando el objeto de comportamiento, actitud)

te portaste muy mal con ellos — you behaved very badly toward(s) them

he tenido mucha paciencia contigo — I have been very patient with you

c) ( indicando el acompañamiento de algo) with

se sirve con arroz — serve with rice

pan con mantequilla — bread and butter

2)

a) ( indicando una relación de simultaneidad)

una cápsula con cada comida — one capsule with each meal

se levanta con el alba — he gets up at the crack of dawn

b) ( indicando una relación de causa)

¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? — how can we go in this rain?

con tanta prisa se me olvidó — I was in such a hurry that I forgot

ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or con lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto — she offered it to him, which put me in an awkward position

¿no lo vas a llevar, con lo que le gusta el circo? — aren't you going to take him? you know how much he likes the circus

con las veces que te lo pedí! — the (number of) times I asked you!

con lo tarde que es, ya se debe haber ido — it's really late, he should have gone by now

con todo lo que tengo que hacer! — on top of everything else I have to do!; todo III 2)

3)

a) (indicando instrumento, medio, material) with

córtalo con la tijera — cut it with the scissors, use the scissors to cut it

lo estás malcriando con tanto mimo — you're spoiling him with all this pampering

caray con la niña (or el vecino, etc)! — well would you believe it!

con + inf: con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything; con llamarlo por teléfono ya cumples if o as long as you call him, that should do; con decirte que... I mean, to give you an example...; me contento con que apruebes — as long as you pass I'll be happy; tal III 2)

b) ( indicando modo) with

andaba con dificultad — she was walking with difficulty

con mucho gusto! — with pleasure!

c) (al describir características, un estado)

amaneció con fiebre — he woke up with a temperature

ya estaba con dolores de parto — she was already having labor pains

andaba con ganas de bronca — he was looking for a fight

con las manos en los bolsillos — with his hands in his pockets

¿vas a ir con ese vestido? — are you going in that dress?

una mujer con aspecto de extranjera — a foreign-looking woman

4) (AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario)

me peino con Gerardo — Gerardo does my hair

se estuvo quejando conmigo — she was complaining to me

* * *

= by use of, with, WITH, possessed of, what with, not without, featuring.

Ex. By use of the code 'p' on the saved document summary screen you can request than one of the saved document lists be printed.

Ex. Photographs are normally kept in drawers of standard filing cabinets, with folders or pockets, or both.

Ex. WITH retrieves records in which two (or more) terms appear in the same field.

Ex. Possessed of a phenomenal memory and a perpetual smile, this paragon always is ready to meet the public without losing balance or a sense of humor.

Ex. What with Consuelo Feng in tears and Bernice Washington very pale, and startled, all was incomprehensible.

Ex. It has shown that the technology can work, but not without problems.

Ex. The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.

----

* acoger con entusiasmo = greet + warmly.

* andar con cuidado = tread + lightly.

* asintiendo con entusiasmo = in eager assent.

* con abundantes dorados = heavily gilt.

* con afabilidad = good-naturedly.

* con afán = earnestly.

* con afecto = fondly, affectionately.

* con agallas = spunky.

* con agilidad = nimbly.

* con agradecimiento = gratefully.

* con agudeza = perceptively, subtly.

* con ahínco = diligently, industriously.

* con aire acondicionado = air conditioned.

* con alas = winged.

* con alborozo = mirthfully.

* con alegría = joyously, gleefully.

* con algoritmos = algorithmically.

* con alimentación manual = hand-fed.

* con altanería = superciliously, haughtily.

* con altibajos = chequered [checkered, -USA].

* con amabilidad = graciously.

* con amargura = bitterly.

* con amor no correspondido = lovelorn.

* con anotaciones = scripted.

* con ansias de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.

* con ansias de leer = reading-desirous.

* con ansias de poder = power-hungry.

* con ansiedad = eagerly, with bated breath.

* con antelación = beforehand, ahead of time.

* con antelación a = in anticipation of, in advance (of), prior to.

* con anterioridad a = pre, prior to, before the days of.

* con anterioridad a la contratación = pre-employment [preemployment].

* con añoranza = longingly, wistfully.

* con apatía = listlessly.

* con aplicación = industriously, studiously.

* con aprensión = apprehensively.

* con aprobación = approvingly.

* con ardor = ardently.

* con armonía = harmoniously.

* con arrogancia = superciliously, haughtily.

* con asco = disgustedly.

* con asiduidad = assiduously.

* con aspecto de adulto = adult-looking.

* con astucia = by cunning, astutely, slyly, shrewdly, cannily.

* con atención = attentively.

* con audacia = boldly.

* con autoridad = authoritative, authoritatively.

* con avances = stepped-up.

* con avaricia = rapaciously.

* con baño = en suite, en-suite bathroom, en-suite bath, en-suite facilities.

* con barba = bearded.

* con base de arena = sand-based.

* con base empírica = empirically-based.

* con base en = based in.

* con bastante antelación = well in advance, far in advance.

* con bastante frecuencia = quite frequently, fairly often.

* con basura por el suelo = littered.

* con bisagras = hinged.

* con botones = buttoned, buttoned-up.

* con botones por detrás = back-buttoning.

* con brotes = budded.

* con buena fama = respected.

* con buena reputación = respected, reputable.

* con buenas conexiones = well-connected.

* con buenas intenciones = well meant, in good faith, well-intentioned, well-intended, well-meaning.

* con buen gusto = tastefully.

* con buen humor = good-humouredly.

* con buenos contactos = well-connected.

* con buenos modales = politely.

* con bultos = lumpiness.

* con burbujas = carbonated.

* con cable = corded.

* con cafeina = caffeinated.

* con cajero = cashiered.

* con calefacción = heated.

* con calefacción central = centrally heated.

* con calma = calmly, leisurely, tranquilly.

* con capucha = hooded.

* con cara de cansado = bleary-eyed.

* con cara de sueño = bleary-eyed.

* con cargo a = to be debited to, to be charged to.

* con cargo de conciencia = remorseful.

* con cariño = fondly, affectionately.

* con carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].

* con cautela = cautiously, warily, with a grain of salt.

* con certeza = for sure, with assurance, for certain.

* con chasis fabricado por separado del bastidor = coachbuilt [coach-built].

* con cierta comodidad = with some ease.

* con cierta facilidad = with some ease.

* con cierta formación = educated.

* con cierta frecuencia = not uncommonly.

* con cierto detalle = at some length.

* con cierto gasto = at some expense.

* con cinismo = cynically.

* con cintura de avispa = wasp-waisted.

* con claustros = cloistered.

* con clavos = hobnailed.

* con cobro = fee-based.

* con codicia = rapaciously.

* con cola = caudate.

* con cola espesa = bushy-tailed.

* con cola tupida = bushy-tailed.

* con cólicos = colicky newborn.

* con columnas corintias = Corinthian-columned.

* con comodidad = with ease, easily.

* con comprensión = sympathetically.

* con compromisos = strings attached.

* con condiciones especiales = strings attached.

* con confianza = confidently, with confidence, trustingly, trustfully.

* con confianza en uno mismo = self-confident.

* con conocimiento = authoritatively.

* con conocimiento básico en el manejo de la información = information literate [information-literate].

* con conocimiento básico en el uso de la biblioteca = library literate [library-literate].

* con conocimiento de = appreciative of, conversant with.

* con conocimiento de causa = knowingly.

* con conocimiento de informática = computer literate [computer-literate].

* con conocimiento en el uso de Internet = Internet-savvy.

* con conocimientos en = versed in.

* con conocimientos sobre el correo electrónico = e-mail literate.

* con consecuencias fatales = fatally.

* con consentimiento = willing.

* con contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.

* con control atmosférico = atmospherically-controlled.

* con copyright = copyright-protected.

* con corazón de piedra = stony-hearted.

* con corrientes de aire = draughty [drafty, -USA].

* con cortesía = courteously.

* con costras = caked.

* con creces = amply, far + Verbo.

* con créditos = credit-carrying.

* con criterio = discerning.

* con cualidades humanas = anthropomorphic.

* con cuanta creatividad = how creatively.

* con cuernos = horned.

* con cuidado = gently, carefully.

* con cúpula = domed.

* con datos no pertinentes = dirty [dirtier -comp., dirtiest -sup.].

* con decisión = decisively.

* con dedos pegajosos = sticky-fingered.

* con deferencia = dutifully.

* con deleite = with gusto.

* con delicadeza = delicately, gently.

* con demasiada facilidad = all too easily.

* con demasiada frecuencia = all too often, all too frequently, too often.

* con demasiadas expectativas = over expectant.

* con demasiados miramientos = mealy-mouthed.

* con demasiado trabajo = overworked.

* con demasidad facilidad = all too easy.

* con derecho a voto = eligible to vote.

* con derecho de autor = copyright-protected.

* con derechos de autor = copyrightable, royalty-paid.

* con desaliento = despondently, dispiritedly, hopelessly.

* con desánimo = dejectedly, despondently.

* con desaprobación = disapproving, disapprovingly.

* con descaro = impudently.

* con desconfianza = suspiciously.

* con descuento = at a discount, discounted, cut-price, cut-rate.

* con desenfado = lightheartedly.

* con desesperación = dispiritedly, hopelessly.

* con desfachatez = impudently.

* con desgana = listlessly, reluctantly, unwillingly.

* con destino a = to.

* con destreza = nimbly, adeptly, with ease.

* con detalle = at a detailed level, in detail.

* con determinación = with purpose, single-mindedly, purposefully, steadfastly.

* con dientes de conejo = bucktoothed.

* con dientes de sierra = serrated.

* con dientes salidos = bucktoothed.

* con diferencia = by far.

* con diferentes variaciones = in variation.

* con dificultad = laboriously, with difficulty.

* con dificultades = in difficulties.

* con diligencia = sedulously, industriously, studiously.

* con dinamismo = proactively [pro-actively], vivaciously.

* con diplomacia = diplomatically.

* con discapacidades físicas = physically challenged.

* con disimulo = on the quiet, on the sly.

* con doble acristalamiento = double-glazed.

* con doble titulación = dually qualified.

* con dos caras = double-faced.

* con dos facetas = double-faced.

* con dudas = uncertainly.

* con dudosa reputación = disreputable.

* con dureza = harshly.

* con efecto desde + Fecha = with effect from + Fecha.

* con eficacia = ably.

* con eficiencia = ably.

* con efusión = effusively.

* con ejemplos = by example(s).

* con él = therewith.

* con el agua al cuello = in hot water.

* con el agua hasta el cuello = in deep water.

* con el alma en vilo = on tenterhooks.

* con el ánimo de = in the spirit of.

* con el ceño fruncido = with a frown.

* con el conocimiento de que = on the understanding that.

* con el corazón destrozado = broken-hearted.

* con el corazón en la boca = on tenterhooks.

* con el corazón en un puño = on tenterhooks.

* con el corazón partido = broken-hearted.

* con el corazón roto = broken-hearted.

* con el correr del tiempo = over the years, in the process of time, with the passage of time.

* con el culo al aire = out in the cold.

* con el debido respeto = with due respect.

* con el decursar del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time.

* con elegancia = elegantly, gracefully.

* con el emblema = under the banner.

* con el fin de = in order to.

* con ello = in doing so, in the process, thereto.

* con ellos = with them.

* con el más sumo cuidado = with utmost care.

* con el mayor cuidado = with utmost care.

* con el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.

* con el mismo = therewith.

* con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....

* con el mismo planteamiento que = on the same lines as.

* con el nacimiento de = at the dawn of.

* con el nombre y dirección del remitente = self-addressed.

* con el número = numbered.

* con el objetivo de = with the purpose of, with a brief to, with the aim of, with a focus on.

* con el objeto de = in the attempt to, in the drive to, in a drive to.

* con el paso de = with the passing of.

* con el paso de los años = with the passing of (the) years.

* con el paso del tiempo = over the years, over time, with the passage of time, in due course, over a period of time, in the course of time, over the course of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time went by.

* con el pie deformado = clubfooted.

* con el pretexto de = under the guise of, under the flag of, in the guise of.

* con el primer intento = at the first shot.

* con el propósito de = with the purpose of, with the aim of, in the drive to, in a drive to.

* con el propósito de superarse uno mismo = self-improvement-oriented.

* con el rabo entre las piernas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear.

* con el sudor de + Posesivo + frente = by the sweat of + Posesivo + brow.

* con el suelo de tierra = dirt-floored.

* con el tiempo = in time, over the years, with time, with the passage of time, eventually, in due course, over a period of time, in due time, over time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time goes by, as time went by, by and by.

* con el título = entitled.

* con el transcurrir del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by).

* con el transcurso de = with the passing of.

* con el transcurso de los años = over the years, with the passing of (the) years.

* con el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.

* con el transcurso del tiempo = over time, with time, with age, in the course of time, over the course of time, as time passes (by), as time went by.

* con el uso = in use, with use.

* con encimera de mármol = marble-top.

* con energía = powerfully.

* con enfado = angrily.

* con enfermedades mentales = mentally challenged.

* con entusiasmo = eagerly, enthusiastically, rhapsodically, wholeheartedly [whole-heartedly].

* con entusiasmo en los ojos = bright-eyed.

* con errores = flawed.

* con errores gramaticales = grammatically challenged, grammatically incorrect.

* con escamas = flaky.

* con ese fin = to that end.

* con esmero = sedulously, studiously.

* con eso = thereto, by this.

* con esperanza = in hopeful expectation.

* con espíritu deportivo = sportingly.

* con este fin = to this end, to that effect.

* con estilo = stylish.

* con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, herewith, by doing so, by this, in doing so.

* con estructura de acero = steel-framed.

* con estructura de madera = timber-framed.

* con estudios = schooled, educated.

* con exactitud = precisely.

* con excepción de = with the exception of, except for.

* con éxito = successful, successfully, winningly.

* con expectación = expectantly.

* con experiencia = experienced.

* con experiencia ampliamente demostrada = proven.

* con experiencia profesional = professionally-qualified.

* con exuberancia = lushly.

* con facilidad = without difficulty, fluently, with ease, easily.

* con fascinación = rhapsodically.

* con fecha = dated, dated.

* con fecha + Fecha = dated + Fecha.

* con ferocidad = ferociously.

* con figuras en movimiento = animated.

* con filtros = filtered.

* con financiación independiente = self-funded.

* con financiación propia = self-funded.

* con fines + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.

* con fines lucrativos = profit-making, profit-orientated, profit-oriented, profit-generating.

* con firma = signed.

* con firmeza = assertively, resolutely, firmly, unshakably, staunchly.

* con flexibilidad = flexibly.

* con fluidez = fluent, fluently.

* con forma de castillo = castellated.

* con forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].

* con forma de pelo = hair-like.

* con forma de pera = pear-shaped.

* con forma de pirámide = trihedral, pyramidal-shaped.

* con forma de tetraedro = trihedral.

* con forma de U = U-shaped.

* con forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.

* con franqueza = frankly.

* con frecuencia = frequently, often [oftener -comp., oftenest -sup.], oftentimes [often times], ofttimes [oft-times].

* con frondosidad = lushly.

* con fuertes aspiraciones profesionales = upward-mobile.

* con fuerza = forcefully, vigourously [vigorously, -USA], powerfully.

* con funda = jacketed.

* con fundamentos = informed.

* con fundamentos sólidos = well-considered.

* con furia = with a vengeance, furiously.

* con futuro = up-and-coming.

* con gafas = bespectacled.

* con ganas = with gusto.

* con ganas de pelear = on the warpath.

* con garantías de calidad = quality assured.

* con gas = carbonated.

* con generosidad = generously, unstintingly.

* con goteras = leaking, leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup].

* con gracia = wittily, funnily.

* con gran capacidad = capacious.

* con gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* con gran densidad de población = densely populated.

* con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.

* con grandilocuencia = grandly.

* con gran esplendor = grandly.

* con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.

* con gran motivación = highly-motivated.

* con gran sentimiento = earnestly.

* con gratitud = gratefully.

* con gravedad = grimly.

* con guión = hyphenated.

* con gusto = happily, satisfyingly, stylish, willingly.

* con habilidad = adeptly.

* con hambre de poder = power-hungry.

* con hastial = gabled.

* con heridas superficiales = superficially wounded.

* con honestidad = honestly.

* con humildad = humbly.

* con humor = humorously.

* con ilusión = eagerly.

* con imágenes en movimiento = animated.

* con imaginación = imaginatively.

* con impaciencia = with bated breath.

* con impasibilidad = impassively.

* con impunidad = with impunity.

* con incredulidad = incredulously.

* con independencia de = in spite of, despite, although, despite the fact that, in spite of the fact that.

* con indiferencia = indifferently, casually.

* con indignación = disgustedly, indignantly.

* con indulgencia = leniently.

* con información = information-bearing.

* con iniciativa = proactively [pro-actively], proactive [pro-active], enterprising.

* con inocencia = innocently.

* con insistencia = insistently.

* con insolencia = impudently.

* con intencionalidad = calculated.

* con intenciones ocultas = agenda-laden.

* con intereses ocultos = agenda-laden.

* con intereses propios = self-interested.

* con interrupciones = discontinuous, episodic.

* con intervención directa = obtrusive.

* con ira = angrily.

* con júbilo = joyously, gleefully.

* con juicio de valor = value-loaded.

* con la anchura de los hombros = shoulder-width.

* con la ayuda de = under the guidance of.

* con la cabeza en las nubes = ditzy [ditzier -comp., ditziest -sup.], ditsy [ditsier -comp., ditsiest -sup.].

* con la conciencia limpia = with a clear conscience.

* con la conciencia tranquila = with a clear conscience.

* con la condición de que = on the understanding that, with the condition that, on the condition that.

* con la convicción de que = in the belief that/of, on the assumption that.

* con la debida consideración = with due consideration.

* con la debida cualificación = properly qualified.

* con la edad = with age.

* con la espalda contra la pared = up against the wall.

* con la esperanza de = in hope(s) of, with the hope(s) of.

* con la esperanza de que = in the hope(s) that, in hope(s) that.

* con la excusa de = in the name of, under the mantle of, under the flag of, under the guise of, in the guise of.

* con la expectativa de que = in hopeful expectation that.

* con la extensión de un libro = book-length.

* con la falda típica escocesa = kilted.

* con la formación adecuada = adequately-trained.

* con la frente en alto = stand + tall.

* con lagañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].

* con la imaginación = in imagination.

* con la intención de = designing, with an eye toward(s), intending to, aimed at, purposefully, intended to, in the drive to, in a drive to.

* con la intención de comunicar hechos = fact-communicating.

* con la llegada de = with the advent of, with the arrival of.

* con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.

* con la mente despejada = clear-headed.

* con la mirada en = with an eye toward(s).

* con la mirada en blanco = blankly.

* con la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.

* con la mirada puesta en = with an eye on, in + Posesivo + sights.

* con la misma altura que = the full height of.

* con la portada hacia fuera = face-out.

* con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* con las características similares a las de texto = text-like.

* con lascivia = lustily.

* con las dimensiones de una pared = wall-sized.

* con las dos manos = two handed [two-handed].

* con las espalda contra la pared = with + Posesivo + back against the wall.

* con las esquinas dobladas = dog-eared.

* con las garras fuera = knives-out.

* con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.

* con las manos vacías = empty-handed.

* con las mejores intenciones = best-intentioned.

* con la soga al cuello = in dire straits.

* con las orejas gachas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear, depressed.

* con las rodillas mirando hacia dentro y los talones hacia fuera = knock-kneed.

* con (la) suficiente antelación = in good time, early enough, well in advance.

* con las uñas fuera = knives-out.

* con lazos muy estrechos = close-knit.

* con legañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].

* con licencia para vender bebidas alcohólicas = licensed, licensed.

* con limitación temporal = time-oriented.

* con límites impuestos por uno mismo = self-limiting.

* con llave = locked, locking.

* con lo cual = whereupon.

* con lo pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.

* con los nervios a flor de piel = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge, highly-strung.

* con los nervios de punta = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge.

* con los ojos empañados = misty-eyed.

* con los ojos hinchados = bleary-eyed.

* con los ojos llorosos = misty-eyed, bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].

* con los ojos nublados = misty-eyed.

* con los ojos vendados = blindfold, blindfolded.

* con los últimos avances = state-of-the-art, leading edge.

* con lujuria = lustily.

* con machetes = machete-wielding.

* con madurez = maturely.

* con magnanimidad = magnanimously.

* con mala fama = disreputable.

* con mala reputación = disreputable.

* con maldad = ill-naturedly.

* con malhumor = moodily.

* con maña = skilfully [skillfully, -USA], skilful [skillful, -USA].

* con marca = branded.

* con más antigüedad = longest-serving.

* con más detalle = in most detail, in more detail.

* con más frecuencia = most frequently.

* con más intensidad aun = with a vengeance.

* con más razón aún = a fortiori.

* con más vigor aun = with a vengeance.

* con más virulencia aun = with a vengeance.

* con más vitalidad = revitalised [revitalized, -USA].

* con mayor detalle = in greater detail.

* con mayor profundidad = in most detail, in more detail.

* con meandros = meandering.

* con mechones = streaky [streaker -comp., streakiest -sup.].

* con medios insuficientes = on a shoestring (budget).

* con medios muy escasos = on a shoestring (budget).

* con medios muy exiguos = on a shoestring (budget).

* con mejoras = stepped-up.

* con melancolía = wistfully.

* con miedo = fearfully, afraid, frightened.

* con millones de ventas = megaselling.

* con miras a (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).

* con miras al futuro = forward-looking.

* con moderación = sparingly, in moderation.

* con motivo de = on the occasion of.

* con mucha ceremonia = ceremoniously.

* con mucha cohesión = tightly knit, closely knit, tight-knit.

* con mucha diferencia = by far.

* con mucha energía = high energy.

* con mucha frecuencia = very often.

* con mucha información = populated.

* con mucha labia = glibly, smooth-tongued, smooth-talking.

* con mucha palabrería = glibly.

* con mucha población = heavily populated.

* con mucha pompa = ceremoniously.

* con mucha prisa = without a minute to spare.

* con muchas actividades = event-filled.

* con muchas deudas = heavily indebted.

* con muchas ilustraciones = copiously illustrated.

* con muchas imágenes = image intensive.

* con muchas prestaciones = feature-filled, multifacility.

* con mucha vitalidad = lively [livelier -comp., liveliest -sup.].

* con mucho = very much, far + Verbo, grossly, overwhelmingly, by far, by a long shot, by a long way, hands down.

* con mucho ánimo = spiritedly.

* con mucho bombo = ceremoniously.

* con mucho contenido = information packed [information-packed].

* con mucho esfuerzo = painfully.

* con mucho éxito = with a wide appeal.

* con mucho protocolo = ceremoniously.

* con mucho público = well attended [well-attended].

* con muchos acontecimientos = event-filled.

* con muchos detalles = elaborately.

* con muchos eventos = event-filled.

* con muchos huesos y poca carne = bony [bonier -comp., boniest -sup.].

* con muchos lectores = with a wide appeal.

* con muchos miramientos = ceremoniously.

* con mucho trabajo = painfully.

* con muy poca antelación = at (a) very short notice.

* con muy poca anticipación = at (a) very short notice.

* con muy poca frecuencia = all too seldom, all too seldom.

* con muy pocas excepciones = with few exceptions, with a few exceptions.

* con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).

* con naturalidad = unselfconsciously.

* con nervios = rib.

* con niebla = foggy [foggier -comp., foggiest -sup.].

* con nosotros = with us.

* con nostalgia = wistfully.

* con notas a pie de página = footnoted.

* con + Número + año(s) de antelación = Número + year(s) ahead.

* con objetivos específicos = goal-oriented.

* con objeto de = in order to, in an attempt to, in an effort to, aimed at, with the purpose of, in a bid to, with the aim of.

* con objeto de hacer = toward(s).

* con objeto de (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).

* con objeto de + Verbo = for the purpose of + Nombre.

* con ocasión de = on the occasion of.

* con ojos azules = blue-eyed.

* con ojos brillantes = bright-eyed.

* con ojos de lince = eagle-eyed, sharp-eyed.

* con ojos vivarachos = bright-eyed.

* con olor a ajo = garlicky.

* con olor a cerrado = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].

* con olor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].

* con olor a humedad = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].

* con olor a orina = urinous.

* con olor a polvo = dust smelling.

* con orgullo = proudly.

* con otra copa de lo mismo se te cura la resaca = a hair of the dog that bit you.

* con paciencia = patiently.

* con pagos pendientes = be in arrears.

* con papel de calco intercalado = carbon interleaved paper.

* con participación del público mediante llamada telefónica = phone-in.

* con pasión = with passion, passionately.

* con patas = legged.

* con peligro de muerte = life threatening.

* con pelo cano = gray-haired, grey-haired.

* con pelos y señales = blow-by-blow.

* con pequeños matices = nuanced.

* con pereza = lazily.

* con perplejidad = quizzically, perplexedly.

* con perspicacia = perceptively.

* con pesar = with regret.

* con pesimismo = pessimistically, gloomily.

* con picardía = slyly, wickedly.

* con pie firme = sure-footed.

* con piernas = legged.

* con pinzas = with a grain of salt, clamp-on.

* con planes ocultos = agenda-laden.

* con pleno derecho = with full rights.

* con pliegues = pleated.

* con poca claridad = indistinctly.

* con poca exactitud = loosely.

* con poca experiencia = inexperienced.

* con poca iluminación = dimly illuminated.

* con poca imaginación = unimaginatively.

* con poca luz = badly-lit.

* con poca naturalidad = stiltedly.

* con poca población = thinly populated.

* con pocas habilidades = poor-ability.

* con poca visión de futuro = short-sighted [shortsighted].

* con poco conocimiento de las nuevas tecnologías = technologically challenged.

* con poco dinero = on the cheap.

* con poco entusiasmo = half-heartedly.

* con pocos recursos = under-resourced.

* con pocos recursos económicos = low-budget.

* con poder = powerful.

* con + Posesivo + ayuda = under + Posesivo + guidance.

* con posibilidades comerciales = commercially viable.

* con posterioridad a = subsequent to.

* con posterioridad a la contratación = post-employment [postemployment].

* con precipitación = rashly.

* con precisión = precisely.

* con preferencia = preferably.

* con preferencia sobre = in preference to.

* con prejuicios = prejudicial.

* con prepotencia = superciliously, haughtily.

* con pretensiones de superioridad moral = self-righteous.

* con principios = principled.

* con prisa = in a rush, in a hurry.

* con problemas = in hot water.

* con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled.

* con problemas de lectura = print disabled.

* con problemas de vista = vision impaired.

* con problemas visuales = vision impaired.

* con profusión = in profusion.

* con prontitud = expeditiously, promptly.

* con provecho = with profit.

* con púas = spiny [spinier -comp., spiniest -sup.].

* con rabo = caudate.

* con ráfagas de viento = blustery.

* con rapacidad = rapaciously.

* con rapidez = promptly.

* con razón = rightly, quite rightly, understandably, rightfully.

* con rebeldía = defiantly.

* con referencia = re.

* con referencia a = in relation to, in connection with, regarding.

* con referencias espaciales = spatially referenced.

* con regocijo = gleefully.

* con regularidad = regularly.

* con relación a = as regards, re, in relation to, in connection with, regarding, concerning.

* con rencor = spitefully.

* con reproche = reprovingly, reproachfully.

* con repugnancia = disgustedly.

* con resentimiento = resentfully, spitefully.

* con reserva = doubtfully.

* con reservas = qualified, with reservations.

* con resignación = resignedly, uncomplainingly.

* con resolución = resolutely.

* con respecto a = concerning, in regard to, regarding, regarding, vis à vis, with regard(s) to, with respect to, within, as to, in extent of, in terms of, in the way of, as for, as regards, in relation to, in comparison with, in comparison to, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to.

* con respecto a si... o... = as to whether... or....

* con respeto = respectfully.

* con responsabilidad = responsibly.

* con retraso mental = mentally retarded.

* con rigor = rigourously [rigorously, -USA], harshly.

* con ruedas = wheeled.

* con rumbo a = bound for.

* con sabiduría = sagely.

* con sabor = flavoured [flavored, -USA].

* con sabor a ajo = garlicky.

* con sabor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].

* con sabor artificial = artificially flavoured.

* con sagacidad = shrewdly.

* con saldo = prepaid [pre-paid].

* con salida al mercado = due out.

* con sarcasmo = sardonically, pungently.

* con satisfacción = contentedly.

* con sed = thirsty [thirstier -comp., thirstiest -sup.].

* con sed de poder = power-hungry.

* con sede en = headquartered (at/in), based in.

[b]* con sede en Amér

* * *

preposición

1)

a) (expresando relaciones de compañía, comunicación, reciprocidad) with

vive con su novio — she lives with her boyfriend

hablar con alguien — to talk to somebody

está casada con mi primo — she's married to my cousin

b) (indicando el objeto de comportamiento, actitud)

te portaste muy mal con ellos — you behaved very badly toward(s) them

he tenido mucha paciencia contigo — I have been very patient with you

c) ( indicando el acompañamiento de algo) with

se sirve con arroz — serve with rice

pan con mantequilla — bread and butter

2)

a) ( indicando una relación de simultaneidad)

una cápsula con cada comida — one capsule with each meal

se levanta con el alba — he gets up at the crack of dawn

b) ( indicando una relación de causa)

¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? — how can we go in this rain?

con tanta prisa se me olvidó — I was in such a hurry that I forgot

ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or con lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto — she offered it to him, which put me in an awkward position

¿no lo vas a llevar, con lo que le gusta el circo? — aren't you going to take him? you know how much he likes the circus

con las veces que te lo pedí! — the (number of) times I asked you!

con lo tarde que es, ya se debe haber ido — it's really late, he should have gone by now

con todo lo que tengo que hacer! — on top of everything else I have to do!; todo III 2)

3)

a) (indicando instrumento, medio, material) with

córtalo con la tijera — cut it with the scissors, use the scissors to cut it

lo estás malcriando con tanto mimo — you're spoiling him with all this pampering

caray con la niña (or el vecino, etc)! — well would you believe it!

con + inf: con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything; con llamarlo por teléfono ya cumples if o as long as you call him, that should do; con decirte que... I mean, to give you an example...; me contento con que apruebes — as long as you pass I'll be happy; tal III 2)

b) ( indicando modo) with

andaba con dificultad — she was walking with difficulty

con mucho gusto! — with pleasure!

c) (al describir características, un estado)

amaneció con fiebre — he woke up with a temperature

ya estaba con dolores de parto — she was already having labor pains

andaba con ganas de bronca — he was looking for a fight

con las manos en los bolsillos — with his hands in his pockets

¿vas a ir con ese vestido? — are you going in that dress?

una mujer con aspecto de extranjera — a foreign-looking woman

4) (AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario)

me peino con Gerardo — Gerardo does my hair

se estuvo quejando conmigo — she was complaining to me

* * *

= by use of, with, WITH, possessed of, what with, not without, featuring.

Ex: By use of the code 'p' on the saved document summary screen you can request than one of the saved document lists be printed.

Ex: Photographs are normally kept in drawers of standard filing cabinets, with folders or pockets, or both.

Ex: WITH retrieves records in which two (or more) terms appear in the same field.

Ex: Possessed of a phenomenal memory and a perpetual smile, this paragon always is ready to meet the public without losing balance or a sense of humor.

Ex: What with Consuelo Feng in tears and Bernice Washington very pale, and startled, all was incomprehensible.

Ex: It has shown that the technology can work, but not without problems.

Ex: The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.

* acoger con entusiasmo = greet + warmly.

* andar con cuidado = tread + lightly.

* asintiendo con entusiasmo = in eager assent.

* con abundantes dorados = heavily gilt.

* con afabilidad = good-naturedly.

* con afán = earnestly.

* con afecto = fondly, affectionately.

* con agallas = spunky.

* con agilidad = nimbly.

* con agradecimiento = gratefully.

* con agudeza = perceptively, subtly.

* con ahínco = diligently, industriously.

* con aire acondicionado = air conditioned.

* con alas = winged.

* con alborozo = mirthfully.

* con alegría = joyously, gleefully.

* con algoritmos = algorithmically.

* con alimentación manual = hand-fed.

* con altanería = superciliously, haughtily.

* con altibajos = chequered [checkered, -USA].

* con amabilidad = graciously.

* con amargura = bitterly.

* con amor no correspondido = lovelorn.

* con anotaciones = scripted.

* con ansias de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.

* con ansias de leer = reading-desirous.

* con ansias de poder = power-hungry.

* con ansiedad = eagerly, with bated breath.

* con antelación = beforehand, ahead of time.

* con antelación a = in anticipation of, in advance (of), prior to.

* con anterioridad a = pre, prior to, before the days of.

* con anterioridad a la contratación = pre-employment [preemployment].

* con añoranza = longingly, wistfully.

* con apatía = listlessly.

* con aplicación = industriously, studiously.

* con aprensión = apprehensively.

* con aprobación = approvingly.

* con ardor = ardently.

* con armonía = harmoniously.

* con arrogancia = superciliously, haughtily.

* con asco = disgustedly.

* con asiduidad = assiduously.

* con aspecto de adulto = adult-looking.

* con astucia = by cunning, astutely, slyly, shrewdly, cannily.

* con atención = attentively.

* con audacia = boldly.

* con autoridad = authoritative, authoritatively.

* con avances = stepped-up.

* con avaricia = rapaciously.

* con baño = en suite, en-suite bathroom, en-suite bath, en-suite facilities.

* con barba = bearded.

* con base de arena = sand-based.

* con base empírica = empirically-based.

* con base en = based in.

* con bastante antelación = well in advance, far in advance.

* con bastante frecuencia = quite frequently, fairly often.

* con basura por el suelo = littered.

* con bisagras = hinged.

* con botones = buttoned, buttoned-up.

* con botones por detrás = back-buttoning.

* con brotes = budded.

* con buena fama = respected.

* con buena reputación = respected, reputable.

* con buenas conexiones = well-connected.

* con buenas intenciones = well meant, in good faith, well-intentioned, well-intended, well-meaning.

* con buen gusto = tastefully.

* con buen humor = good-humouredly.

* con buenos contactos = well-connected.

* con buenos modales = politely.

* con bultos = lumpiness.

* con burbujas = carbonated.

* con cable = corded.

* con cafeina = caffeinated.

* con cajero = cashiered.

* con calefacción = heated.

* con calefacción central = centrally heated.

* con calma = calmly, leisurely, tranquilly.

* con capucha = hooded.

* con cara de cansado = bleary-eyed.

* con cara de sueño = bleary-eyed.

* con cargo a = to be debited to, to be charged to.

* con cargo de conciencia = remorseful.

* con cariño = fondly, affectionately.

* con carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].

* con cautela = cautiously, warily, with a grain of salt.

* con certeza = for sure, with assurance, for certain.

* con chasis fabricado por separado del bastidor = coachbuilt [coach-built].

* con cierta comodidad = with some ease.

* con cierta facilidad = with some ease.

* con cierta formación = educated.

* con cierta frecuencia = not uncommonly.

* con cierto detalle = at some length.

* con cierto gasto = at some expense.

* con cinismo = cynically.

* con cintura de avispa = wasp-waisted.

* con claustros = cloistered.

* con clavos = hobnailed.

* con cobro = fee-based.

* con codicia = rapaciously.

* con cola = caudate.

* con cola espesa = bushy-tailed.

* con cola tupida = bushy-tailed.

* con cólicos = colicky newborn.

* con columnas corintias = Corinthian-columned.

* con comodidad = with ease, easily.

* con comprensión = sympathetically.

* con compromisos = strings attached.

* con condiciones especiales = strings attached.

* con confianza = confidently, with confidence, trustingly, trustfully.

* con confianza en uno mismo = self-confident.

* con conocimiento = authoritatively.

* con conocimiento básico en el manejo de la información = information literate [information-literate].

* con conocimiento básico en el uso de la biblioteca = library literate [library-literate].

* con conocimiento de = appreciative of, conversant with.

* con conocimiento de causa = knowingly.

* con conocimiento de informática = computer literate [computer-literate].

* con conocimiento en el uso de Internet = Internet-savvy.

* con conocimientos en = versed in.

* con conocimientos sobre el correo electrónico = e-mail literate.

* con consecuencias fatales = fatally.

* con consentimiento = willing.

* con contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.

* con control atmosférico = atmospherically-controlled.

* con copyright = copyright-protected.

* con corazón de piedra = stony-hearted.

* con corrientes de aire = draughty [drafty, -USA].

* con cortesía = courteously.

* con costras = caked.

* con creces = amply, far + Verbo.

* con créditos = credit-carrying.

* con criterio = discerning.

* con cualidades humanas = anthropomorphic.

* con cuanta creatividad = how creatively.

* con cuernos = horned.

* con cuidado = gently, carefully.

* con cúpula = domed.

* con datos no pertinentes = dirty [dirtier -comp., dirtiest -sup.].

* con decisión = decisively.

* con dedos pegajosos = sticky-fingered.

* con deferencia = dutifully.

* con deleite = with gusto.

* con delicadeza = delicately, gently.

* con demasiada facilidad = all too easily.

* con demasiada frecuencia = all too often, all too frequently, too often.

* con demasiadas expectativas = over expectant.

* con demasiados miramientos = mealy-mouthed.

* con demasiado trabajo = overworked.

* con demasidad facilidad = all too easy.

* con derecho a voto = eligible to vote.

* con derecho de autor = copyright-protected.

* con derechos de autor = copyrightable, royalty-paid.

* con desaliento = despondently, dispiritedly, hopelessly.

* con desánimo = dejectedly, despondently.

* con desaprobación = disapproving, disapprovingly.

* con descaro = impudently.

* con desconfianza = suspiciously.

* con descuento = at a discount, discounted, cut-price, cut-rate.

* con desenfado = lightheartedly.

* con desesperación = dispiritedly, hopelessly.

* con desfachatez = impudently.

* con desgana = listlessly, reluctantly, unwillingly.

* con destino a = to.

* con destreza = nimbly, adeptly, with ease.

* con detalle = at a detailed level, in detail.

* con determinación = with purpose, single-mindedly, purposefully, steadfastly.

* con dientes de conejo = bucktoothed.

* con dientes de sierra = serrated.

* con dientes salidos = bucktoothed.

* con diferencia = by far.

* con diferentes variaciones = in variation.

* con dificultad = laboriously, with difficulty.

* con dificultades = in difficulties.

* con diligencia = sedulously, industriously, studiously.

* con dinamismo = proactively [pro-actively], vivaciously.

* con diplomacia = diplomatically.

* con discapacidades físicas = physically challenged.

* con disimulo = on the quiet, on the sly.

* con doble acristalamiento = double-glazed.

* con doble titulación = dually qualified.

* con dos caras = double-faced.

* con dos facetas = double-faced.

* con dudas = uncertainly.

* con dudosa reputación = disreputable.

* con dureza = harshly.

* con efecto desde + Fecha = with effect from + Fecha.

* con eficacia = ably.

* con eficiencia = ably.

* con efusión = effusively.

* con ejemplos = by example(s).

* con él = therewith.

* con el agua al cuello = in hot water.

* con el agua hasta el cuello = in deep water.

* con el alma en vilo = on tenterhooks.

* con el ánimo de = in the spirit of.

* con el ceño fruncido = with a frown.

* con el conocimiento de que = on the understanding that.

* con el corazón destrozado = broken-hearted.

* con el corazón en la boca = on tenterhooks.

* con el corazón en un puño = on tenterhooks.

* con el corazón partido = broken-hearted.

* con el corazón roto = broken-hearted.

* con el correr del tiempo = over the years, in the process of time, with the passage of time.

* con el culo al aire = out in the cold.

* con el debido respeto = with due respect.

* con el decursar del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time.

* con elegancia = elegantly, gracefully.

* con el emblema = under the banner.

* con el fin de = in order to.

* con ello = in doing so, in the process, thereto.

* con ellos = with them.

* con el más sumo cuidado = with utmost care.

* con el mayor cuidado = with utmost care.

* con el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.

* con el mismo = therewith.

* con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....

* con el mismo planteamiento que = on the same lines as.

* con el nacimiento de = at the dawn of.

* con el nombre y dirección del remitente = self-addressed.

* con el número = numbered.

* con el objetivo de = with the purpose of, with a brief to, with the aim of, with a focus on.

* con el objeto de = in the attempt to, in the drive to, in a drive to.

* con el paso de = with the passing of.

* con el paso de los años = with the passing of (the) years.

* con el paso del tiempo = over the years, over time, with the passage of time, in due course, over a period of time, in the course of time, over the course of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time went by.

* con el pie deformado = clubfooted.

* con el pretexto de = under the guise of, under the flag of, in the guise of.

* con el primer intento = at the first shot.

* con el propósito de = with the purpose of, with the aim of, in the drive to, in a drive to.

* con el propósito de superarse uno mismo = self-improvement-oriented.

* con el rabo entre las piernas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear.

* con el sudor de + Posesivo + frente = by the sweat of + Posesivo + brow.

* con el suelo de tierra = dirt-floored.

* con el tiempo = in time, over the years, with time, with the passage of time, eventually, in due course, over a period of time, in due time, over time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time goes by, as time went by, by and by.

* con el título = entitled.

* con el transcurrir del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by).

* con el transcurso de = with the passing of.

* con el transcurso de los años = over the years, with the passing of (the) years.

* con el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.

* con el transcurso del tiempo = over time, with time, with age, in the course of time, over the course of time, as time passes (by), as time went by.

* con el uso = in use, with use.

* con encimera de mármol = marble-top.

* con energía = powerfully.

* con enfado = angrily.

* con enfermedades mentales = mentally challenged.

* con entusiasmo = eagerly, enthusiastically, rhapsodically, wholeheartedly [whole-heartedly].

* con entusiasmo en los ojos = bright-eyed.

* con errores = flawed.

* con errores gramaticales = grammatically challenged, grammatically incorrect.

* con escamas = flaky.

* con ese fin = to that end.

* con esmero = sedulously, studiously.

* con eso = thereto, by this.

* con esperanza = in hopeful expectation.

* con espíritu deportivo = sportingly.

* con este fin = to this end, to that effect.

* con estilo = stylish.

* con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, herewith, by doing so, by this, in doing so.

* con estructura de acero = steel-framed.

* con estructura de madera = timber-framed.

* con estudios = schooled, educated.

* con exactitud = precisely.

* con excepción de = with the exception of, except for.

* con éxito = successful, successfully, winningly.

* con expectación = expectantly.

* con experiencia = experienced.

* con experiencia ampliamente demostrada = proven.

* con experiencia profesional = professionally-qualified.

* con exuberancia = lushly.

* con facilidad = without difficulty, fluently, with ease, easily.

* con fascinación = rhapsodically.

* con fecha = dated, dated.

* con fecha + Fecha = dated + Fecha.

* con ferocidad = ferociously.

* con figuras en movimiento = animated.

* con filtros = filtered.

* con financiación independiente = self-funded.

* con financiación propia = self-funded.

* con fines + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.

* con fines lucrativos = profit-making, profit-orientated, profit-oriented, profit-generating.

* con firma = signed.

* con firmeza = assertively, resolutely, firmly, unshakably, staunchly.

* con flexibilidad = flexibly.

* con fluidez = fluent, fluently.

* con forma de castillo = castellated.

* con forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].

* con forma de pelo = hair-like.

* con forma de pera = pear-shaped.

* con forma de pirámide = trihedral, pyramidal-shaped.

* con forma de tetraedro = trihedral.

* con forma de U = U-shaped.

* con forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.

* con franqueza = frankly.

* con frecuencia = frequently, often [oftener -comp., oftenest -sup.], oftentimes [often times], ofttimes [oft-times].

* con frondosidad = lushly.

* con fuertes aspiraciones profesionales = upward-mobile.

* con fuerza = forcefully, vigourously [vigorously, -USA], powerfully.

* con funda = jacketed.

* con fundamentos = informed.

* con fundamentos sólidos = well-considered.

* con furia = with a vengeance, furiously.

* con futuro = up-and-coming.

* con gafas = bespectacled.

* con ganas = with gusto.

* con ganas de pelear = on the warpath.

* con garantías de calidad = quality assured.

* con gas = carbonated.

* con generosidad = generously, unstintingly.

* con goteras = leaking, leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup].

* con gracia = wittily, funnily.

* con gran capacidad = capacious.

* con gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* con gran densidad de población = densely populated.

* con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.

* con grandilocuencia = grandly.

* con gran esplendor = grandly.

* con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.

* con gran motivación = highly-motivated.

* con gran sentimiento = earnestly.

* con gratitud = gratefully.

* con gravedad = grimly.

* con guión = hyphenated.

* con gusto = happily, satisfyingly, stylish, willingly.

* con habilidad = adeptly.

* con hambre de poder = power-hungry.

* con hastial = gabled.

* con heridas superficiales = superficially wounded.

* con honestidad = honestly.

* con humildad = humbly.

* con humor = humorously.

* con ilusión = eagerly.

* con imágenes en movimiento = animated.

* con imaginación = imaginatively.

* con impaciencia = with bated breath.

* con impasibilidad = impassively.

* con impunidad = with impunity.

* con incredulidad = incredulously.

* con independencia de = in spite of, despite, although, despite the fact that, in spite of the fact that.

* con indiferencia = indifferently, casually.

* con indignación = disgustedly, indignantly.

* con indulgencia = leniently.

* con información = information-bearing.

* con iniciativa = proactively [pro-actively], proactive [pro-active], enterprising.

* con inocencia = innocently.

* con insistencia = insistently.

* con insolencia = impudently.

* con intencionalidad = calculated.

* con intenciones ocultas = agenda-laden.

* con intereses ocultos = agenda-laden.

* con intereses propios = self-interested.

* con interrupciones = discontinuous, episodic.

* con intervención directa = obtrusive.

* con ira = angrily.

* con júbilo = joyously, gleefully.

* con juicio de valor = value-loaded.

* con la anchura de los hombros = shoulder-width.

* con la ayuda de = under the guidance of.

* con la cabeza en las nubes = ditzy [ditzier -comp., ditziest -sup.], ditsy [ditsier -comp., ditsiest -sup.].

* con la conciencia limpia = with a clear conscience.

* con la conciencia tranquila = with a clear conscience.

* con la condición de que = on the understanding that, with the condition that, on the condition that.

* con la convicción de que = in the belief that/of, on the assumption that.

* con la debida consideración = with due consideration.

* con la debida cualificación = properly qualified.

* con la edad = with age.

* con la espalda contra la pared = up against the wall.

* con la esperanza de = in hope(s) of, with the hope(s) of.

* con la esperanza de que = in the hope(s) that, in hope(s) that.

* con la excusa de = in the name of, under the mantle of, under the flag of, under the guise of, in the guise of.

* con la expectativa de que = in hopeful expectation that.

* con la extensión de un libro = book-length.

* con la falda típica escocesa = kilted.

* con la formación adecuada = adequately-trained.

* con la frente en alto = stand + tall.

* con lagañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].

* con la imaginación = in imagination.

* con la intención de = designing, with an eye toward(s), intending to, aimed at, purposefully, intended to, in the drive to, in a drive to.

* con la intención de comunicar hechos = fact-communicating.

* con la llegada de = with the advent of, with the arrival of.

* con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.

* con la mente despejada = clear-headed.

* con la mirada en = with an eye toward(s).

* con la mirada en blanco = blankly.

* con la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.

* con la mirada puesta en = with an eye on, in + Posesivo + sights.

* con la misma altura que = the full height of.

* con la portada hacia fuera = face-out.

* con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* con las características similares a las de texto = text-like.

* con lascivia = lustily.

* con las dimensiones de una pared = wall-sized.

* con las dos manos = two handed [two-handed].

* con las espalda contra la pared = with + Posesivo + back against the wall.

* con las esquinas dobladas = dog-eared.

* con las garras fuera = knives-out.

* con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.

* con las manos vacías = empty-handed.

* con las mejores intenciones = best-intentioned.

* con la soga al cuello = in dire straits.

* con las orejas gachas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear, depressed.

* con las rodillas mirando hacia dentro y los talones hacia fuera = knock-kneed.

* con (la) suficiente antelación = in good time, early enough, well in advance.

* con las uñas fuera = knives-out.

* con lazos muy estrechos = close-knit.

* con legañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].

* con licencia para vender bebidas alcohólicas = licensed, licensed.

* con limitación temporal = time-oriented.

* con límites impuestos por uno mismo = self-limiting.

* con llave = locked, locking.

* con lo cual = whereupon.

* con lo pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.

* con los nervios a flor de piel = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge, highly-strung.

* con los nervios de punta = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge.

* con los ojos empañados = misty-eyed.

* con los ojos hinchados = bleary-eyed.

* con los ojos llorosos = misty-eyed, bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].

* con los ojos nublados = misty-eyed.

* con los ojos vendados = blindfold, blindfolded.

* con los últimos avances = state-of-the-art, leading edge.

* con lujuria = lustily.

* con machetes = machete-wielding.

* con madurez = maturely.

* con magnanimidad = magnanimously.

* con mala fama = disreputable.

* con mala reputación = disreputable.

* con maldad = ill-naturedly.

* con malhumor = moodily.

* con maña = skilfully [skillfully, -USA], skilful [skillful, -USA].

* con marca = branded.

* con más antigüedad = longest-serving.

* con más detalle = in most detail, in more detail.

* con más frecuencia = most frequently.

* con más intensidad aun = with a vengeance.

* con más razón aún = a fortiori.

* con más vigor aun = with a vengeance.

* con más virulencia aun = with a vengeance.

* con más vitalidad = revitalised [revitalized, -USA].

* con mayor detalle = in greater detail.

* con mayor profundidad = in most detail, in more detail.

* con meandros = meandering.

* con mechones = streaky [streaker -comp., streakiest -sup.].

* con medios insuficientes = on a shoestring (budget).

* con medios muy escasos = on a shoestring (budget).

* con medios muy exiguos = on a shoestring (budget).

* con mejoras = stepped-up.

* con melancolía = wistfully.

* con miedo = fearfully, afraid, frightened.

* con millones de ventas = megaselling.

* con miras a (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).

* con miras al futuro = forward-looking.

* con moderación = sparingly, in moderation.

* con motivo de = on the occasion of.

* con mucha ceremonia = ceremoniously.

* con mucha cohesión = tightly knit, closely knit, tight-knit.

* con mucha diferencia = by far.

* con mucha energía = high energy.

* con mucha frecuencia = very often.

* con mucha información = populated.

* con mucha labia = glibly, smooth-tongued, smooth-talking.

* con mucha palabrería = glibly.

* con mucha población = heavily populated.

* con mucha pompa = ceremoniously.

* con mucha prisa = without a minute to spare.

* con muchas actividades = event-filled.

* con muchas deudas = heavily indebted.

* con muchas ilustraciones = copiously illustrated.

* con muchas imágenes = image intensive.

* con muchas prestaciones = feature-filled, multifacility.

* con mucha vitalidad = lively [livelier -comp., liveliest -sup.].

* con mucho = very much, far + Verbo, grossly, overwhelmingly, by far, by a long shot, by a long way, hands down.

* con mucho ánimo = spiritedly.

* con mucho bombo = ceremoniously.

* con mucho contenido = information packed [information-packed].

* con mucho esfuerzo = painfully.

* con mucho éxito = with a wide appeal.

* con mucho protocolo = ceremoniously.

* con mucho público = well attended [well-attended].

* con muchos acontecimientos = event-filled.

* con muchos detalles = elaborately.

* con muchos eventos = event-filled.

* con muchos huesos y poca carne = bony [bonier -comp., boniest -sup.].

* con muchos lectores = with a wide appeal.

* con muchos miramientos = ceremoniously.

* con mucho trabajo = painfully.

* con muy poca antelación = at (a) very short notice.

* con muy poca anticipación = at (a) very short notice.

* con muy poca frecuencia = all too seldom, all too seldom.

* con muy pocas excepciones = with few exceptions, with a few exceptions.

* con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).

* con naturalidad = unselfconsciously.

* con nervios = rib.

* con niebla = foggy [foggier -comp., foggiest -sup.].

* con nosotros = with us.

* con nostalgia = wistfully.

* con notas a pie de página = footnoted.

* con + Número + año(s) de antelación = Número + year(s) ahead.

* con objetivos específicos = goal-oriented.

* con objeto de = in order to, in an attempt to, in an effort to, aimed at, with the purpose of, in a bid to, with the aim of.

* con objeto de hacer = toward(s).

* con objeto de (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).

* con objeto de + Verbo = for the purpose of + Nombre.

* con ocasión de = on the occasion of.

* con ojos azules = blue-eyed.

* con ojos brillantes = bright-eyed.

* con ojos de lince = eagle-eyed, sharp-eyed.

* con ojos vivarachos = bright-eyed.

* con olor a ajo = garlicky.

* con olor a cerrado = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].

* con olor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].

* con olor a humedad = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].

* con olor a orina = urinous.

* con olor a polvo = dust smelling.

* con orgullo = proudly.

* con otra copa de lo mismo se te cura la resaca = a hair of the dog that bit you.

* con paciencia = patiently.

* con pagos pendientes = be in arrears.

* con papel de calco intercalado = carbon interleaved paper.

* con participación del público mediante llamada telefónica = phone-in.

* con pasión = with passion, passionately.

* con patas = legged.

* con peligro de muerte = life threatening.

* con pelo cano = gray-haired, grey-haired.

* con pelos y señales = blow-by-blow.

* con pequeños matices = nuanced.

* con pereza = lazily.

* con perplejidad = quizzically, perplexedly.

* con perspicacia = perceptively.

* con pesar = with regret.

* con pesimismo = pessimistically, gloomily.

* con picardía = slyly, wickedly.

* con pie firme = sure-footed.

* con piernas = legged.

* con pinzas = with a grain of salt, clamp-on.

* con planes ocultos = agenda-laden.

* con pleno derecho = with full rights.

* con pliegues = pleated.

* con poca claridad = indistinctly.

* con poca exactitud = loosely.

* con poca experiencia = inexperienced.

* con poca iluminación = dimly illuminated.

* con poca imaginación = unimaginatively.

* con poca luz = badly-lit.

* con poca naturalidad = stiltedly.

* con poca población = thinly populated.

* con pocas habilidades = poor-ability.

* con poca visión de futuro = short-sighted [shortsighted].

* con poco conocimiento de las nuevas tecnologías = technologically challenged.

* con poco dinero = on the cheap.

* con poco entusiasmo = half-heartedly.

* con pocos recursos = under-resourced.

* con pocos recursos económicos = low-budget.

* con poder = powerful.

* con + Posesivo + ayuda = under + Posesivo + guidance.

* con posibilidades comerciales = commercially viable.

* con posterioridad a = subsequent to.

* con posterioridad a la contratación = post-employment [postemployment].

* con precipitación = rashly.

* con precisión = precisely.

* con preferencia = preferably.

* con preferencia sobre = in preference to.

* con prejuicios = prejudicial.

* con prepotencia = superciliously, haughtily.

* con pretensiones de superioridad moral = self-righteous.

* con principios = principled.

* con prisa = in a rush, in a hurry.

* con problemas = in hot water.

* con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled.

* con problemas de lectura = print disabled.

* con problemas de vista = vision impaired.

* con problemas visuales = vision impaired.

* con profusión = in profusion.

* con prontitud = expeditiously, promptly.

* con provecho = with profit.

* con púas = spiny [spinier -comp., spiniest -sup.].

* con rabo = caudate.

* con ráfagas de viento = blustery.

* con rapacidad = rapaciously.

* con rapidez = promptly.

* con razón = rightly, quite rightly, understandably, rightfully.

* con rebeldía = defiantly.

* con referencia = re.

* con referencia a = in relation to, in connection with, regarding.

* con referencias espaciales = spatially referenced.

* con regocijo = gleefully.

* con regularidad = regularly.

* con relación a = as regards, re, in relation to, in connection with, regarding, concerning.

* con rencor = spitefully.

* con reproche = reprovingly, reproachfully.

* con repugnancia = disgustedly.

* con resentimiento = resentfully, spitefully.

* con reserva = doubtfully.

* con reservas = qualified, with reservations.

* con resignación = resignedly, uncomplainingly.

* con resolución = resolutely.

* con respecto a = concerning, in regard to, regarding, regarding, vis à vis, with regard(s) to, with respect to, within, as to, in extent of, in terms of, in the way of, as for, as regards, in relation to, in comparison with, in comparison to, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to.

* con respecto a si... o... = as to whether... or....

* con respeto = respectfully.

* con responsabilidad = responsibly.

* con retraso mental = mentally retarded.

* con rigor = rigourously [rigorously, -USA], harshly.

* con ruedas = wheeled.

* con rumbo a = bound for.

* con sabiduría = sagely.

* con sabor = flavoured [flavored, -USA].

* con sabor a ajo = garlicky.

* con sabor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].

* con sabor artificial = artificially flavoured.

* con sagacidad = shrewdly.

* con saldo = prepaid [pre-paid].

* con salida al mercado = due out.

* con sarcasmo = sardonically, pungently.

* con satisfacción = contentedly.

* con sed = thirsty [thirstier -comp., thirstiest -sup.].

* con sed de poder = power-hungry.

* con sede en = headquartered (at/in), based in.

* con sede en Amér

* * *

con

prep

[ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

A

1 (expresando relaciones de compañía, comunicación, reciprocidad) with

vive con el or su novio she lives with her boyfriend

¿quieres que hable con él? do you want me to talk to him?

está casada con un primo mío she's married to a cousin of mine

2

(indicando el objeto de un comportamiento, una actitud): te portaste muy mal con ellos you behaved very badly toward(s) them

se mostró muy amable (para) con nosotros he was very kind to us

he tenido mucha paciencia contigo I have been very patient with you

3 ( fam)

(yo y): eso es lo que estábamos diciendo con Lucía that's what Lucía and I were saying

4 (indicando el acompañamiento de algo) with

se sirve con arroz serve with rice

para mí con leche y sin azúcar, por favor milk and no sugar for me, please

pan con mantequilla bread and butter

5 ( Mat):

2,5 read as: dos con cinco 2.5 (léase: two point five)

B

1

(indicando una relación de simultaneidad): una cápsula con cada comida one capsule with each meal

se levanta con el alba he gets up at the crack of dawn

2

(indicando una relación de causa): ¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? how can we go in this rain o while it's raining like this?

me desperté con el ruido the noise woke me

con todo lo que pasó me olvidé de llamarte what with everything that happened I forgot to ring you

ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or con lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto she offered to do it for me, which put me in an awkward position

3

(a pesar de): ¿no lo vas a llevar, con lo que le gusta el circo? aren't you going to take him? you know how much he likes the circus

¿cómo te olvidaste? ¡con las veces que te lo dije! how could you forget? the (number of) times I told you!

con ser tan tarde or lo tarde que es, no estoy cansada it's very late and yet I'm not at all tired, I'm not at all tired, even though it's so late

con todo (y con eso) me parece que es bueno even so o in spite of all that o all the same o nonetheless I think he's good

C (indicando el instrumento, medio, material) with

córtalo con la tijera cut it with the scissors, use the scissors to cut it

agárralo con las dos manos hold it with both hands

lo estás malcriando con tanto mimo you're spoiling him with all this pampering o by pampering him so much

con estos retazos se puede hacer una colcha you can make a quilt out of these bits of material

¡caray con la niña! y parecía tan modosita well fancy that! o well would you believe it! and she seemed so demure

con + INF:

con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything

no hay necesidad de escribir, con llamarlo ya cumples there's no need to write; as long as o if you call him, that should do

¡con decirte que un café cuesta el triple que aquí! I mean, to give you an example, a cup of coffee costs three times what it costs here

con que + SUBJ:

me contento con que apruebes as long as you pass I'll be happy

con tal de/con tal (de) que provided (that), as long as, so long as ( colloq)

no importa cómo lo hagas con tal (de) que lo hagas it doesn't matter how you do it, just as long as you do it

con tal (de) que me lo devuelvas antes de marzo as long as o provided I get it back by March

es capaz de cualquier cosa con tal de llamar la atención he'll do anything to attract attention

D

1 (indicando relaciones de modo) with

andaba con dificultad/cuidado she was walking with difficulty/with care o carefully

¡con mucho gusto! with pleasure!

2

(al describir características, un estado): amaneció con fiebre he had a temperature when he woke up, he woke up with a temperature

ya estaba con dolores de parto she was already having labor pains

andaba con ganas de bronca he was looking o spoiling for a fight

con las manos en los bolsillos with his hands in his pockets

¿vas a ir con ese vestido? are you going in that dress?

me gusta más con el pelo suelto I like her better with her hair down

una niña con ojos azules a girl with blue eyes, a blue-eyed girl

una mujer con aspecto de extranjera a foreign-looking woman

un monstruo con un solo ojo a one-eyed monster

una casa con piscina a house with a swimming pool

E

( AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario): me peino con Gerardo Gerardo does my hair

me lo mandé hacer con un sastre I had it made by a tailor

se estuvo quejando conmigo she was complaining to me

* * *

con preposición
a) ( en general) with;

◊ vive con su novio she lives with her boyfriend;

¡con mucho gusto! with pleasure!;
córtalo con la tijera cut it with the scissor;
amaneció con fiebre he woke up with a temperature;
hablar con algn to talk to sb;
está casada con mi primo she's married to my cousin;
portarse mal con algn to behave badly toward(s) sb;
tener paciencia con algn to be patient with sb;
pan con mantequilla bread and butter;
¿vas a ir con ese vestido? are you going in that dress?
b) ( indicando una relación de causa):

◊ ¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? how can we go in this rain?;

ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto she offered it to him, which put me in an awkward position;
con lo tarde que es, ya se debe haber ido it's really late, he should have gone by now
c) con + inf:

◊ con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything;

con llamarlo por teléfono ya cumples as long as you call him, that should do;
me contento con que apruebes as long as you pass I'll be happy;
See Also→ tal adverbio 2
d) (AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario):

◊ me peino con Gerardo Gerardo does my hair;

se estuvo quejando conmigo she was complaining to me
con preposición
1 (instrumento) with
córtalo con un cuchillo, cut it with a knife
1 (modo) with: hazlo con cuidado, do it carefully
me trató con frialdad, he treated me with coldness
2 (compañía) with: está paseando con mi madre, she is taking a walk with my mother
3 (causa) con este frío no apetece salir, I don't feel like going out in this cold
4 (estado) está con una depresión de caballo, he's deeply depressed
iba con los labios pintados, she has put some lipstick on
5 (contenido) with
una caja con fotografías, a box (full) of photos
6 (relación) to: está casada con un inglés, she is married to an Englishman
habló con Alberto, he spoke to Alberto
se disculpó con ella, he apologized to her
7 (con infinitivo) con avisar les evitas el disgusto, just by phoning you'll save them any worry
(+ que + subjuntivo) basta con que lo digas, it will be enough if you just say it
♦ Locuciones: con tal (de) que..., provided that...
con todo (y con eso), even so
' con' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abarcar
- abastecimiento
- abatirse
- ablandar
- abochornar
- abordar
- abrazar
- abrefácil
- abrumar
- acabar
- acanallar
- acaso
- acero
- acertar
- achicharrarse
- acierto
- aclararse
- acoger
- acosar
- acostarse
- acreditada
- acreditado
- acuerdo
- acusarse
- adelante
- adueñarse
- afortunada
- afortunado
- afrontar
- agarrar
- agenciarse
- agraciada
- agraciado
- agreste
- agua
- ahínco
- ahumar
- ahumada
- ahumado
- airosa
- airoso
- alhaja
- alinearse
- alma
- almohada
- alternar
- alzarse
- amanecer
- amiguete
- amilanarse
English:
abide
- above
- abruptly
- abstract
- accordance
- accurately
- accustom
- aching
- act
- admit
- advance
- advice
- advise
- afraid
- Afro
- ageing
- aggregate
- aggressively
- ago
- agree
- agreement
- ahead
- aim
- ale
- alive
- all
- allow for
- allowance
- ally
- alone
- along
- aloud
- amenable
- amenities
- Americana
- amusement
- and
- angel food cake
- angling
- angrily
- angry
- annoy
- antics
- apologize
- appointment
- approach
- approachable
- arbitration
- archery
- argument

* * *

con prep

1. [indica modo, manera o instrumento] with;

se cortó con un cuchillo she cut herself with a knife;

chocó con una farola he bumped into a lamppost;

vino con un taxi she came by taxi;

voy cómodo con estas botas/este jersey I'm comfortable in these boots/this sweater;

iré a la boda con un traje negro I'm going to the wedding in a black suit;

un joven con muy buenos modales a very polite young man;

andar con la cabeza alta to walk with one's head held high;

ir con prisa to be in a hurry;

actuar con timidez to behave timidly;

llover con fuerza to rain hard;

lo ha conseguido con su esfuerzo he has achieved it through his own efforts;

se lo puedes decir con toda confianza you needn't worry about telling her;

trátalo con mucho cariño treat him with a lot of affection o very affectionately;

lo haré con mucho gusto it will be a pleasure for me to do it, I'll be delighted to do it;

con arreglo a la ley in accordance with the law

2. [indica compañía, relación o colaboración] with;

vive con sus padres she lives with her parents;

se escribe con gente de varios países he corresponds with people from a number of different countries;

¿con quién vas? who are you going with?;

está muy enfadado con su madre he's very angry with his mother;

está casada con mi hermano she's married to my brother;

estoy de acuerdo con ellos I agree with them;

habló con todos he spoke to everybody;

un acuerdo de colaboración con el Caribe a cooperation agreement with the Caribbean

3. [indica contenido o cualidad]
una persona con carácter a person of character;

un hombre con bigote a man with a moustache;

una bolsa con patatas a bag of potatoes;

una cartera con varios documentos a briefcase containing several documents

4. [indica unión o adición]
un helado con nueces an ice cream with nuts;

un pastel con nata a cream cake;

el mío con leche, por favor I'd like milk in mine, please, I'd like mine white, please;

el total con el IVA alcanza un millón the total is a million including Br VAT o US (sales) tax;

tiene cuarenta con dos décimas de fiebre her temperature is 40.2 degrees

5. [indica estado o situación]
con buena salud in good health;

está en cama con gripe she's in bed with flu;

está con un enfado tremendo he's really angry;

el niño está con ganas de ir al baño the child wants to go to the Br toilet o US bathroom;

corría con ellos pisándome los talones I ran with them hot o hard on my heels

6. [indica causa]
el hielo se derrite con el calor ice melts when heated;

me desperté con la música del vecino I was woken up by our neighbour playing music;

con este tiempo no se puede ir de excursión we can't go out on a trip in this weather;

con el tiempo lo olvidé in time I forgot it;

con todo el trabajo que hemos tenido hoy, se me ha olvidado llamarle with all the work we've had today, I've forgotten to call her;

se entristeció con las noticias she was sad when she heard the news;

cómprales el libro, ¡con lo que les gusta leer! buy them the book, they like reading so much they'll be delighted!

7. [hacia]
para con towards;

es amable para con todos she is friendly towards o with everyone

8. (+ infinitivo) [para introducir una condición] by;

con hacerlo así by doing it this way;

con llamar ya quedarás bien you'll make a good impression just by phoning;

con llorar no consigues nada it's no good crying, crying won't get you anywhere;

con no decírselo a nadie, el secreto está garantizado if we don't tell anyone, secrecy will be guaranteed;

con salir a las diez es suficiente if we leave at ten, we'll have plenty of time

9. [a condición de que]
con que, con tal de que as long as;

con que llegue a tiempo me conformo I don't mind as long as he arrives on time;

te dejo el gato con tal de que le des de comer I'll let you look after the cat as long as you feed it

10. [a pesar de] in spite of;

con todo despite everything;

con todo lo raro que es, me encantan sus películas he may be weird, but I love his films, for all his weirdness, I love his films;

con lo que hemos caminado hoy, y no estoy cansado despite the fact that we've walked so far today, I'm still not tired

11. [para expresar queja o decepción]
mira que perder, ¡con lo bien que jugaste! you were unlucky to lose, you played really well!;

con lo agradable que es, y casi no tiene amigos considering how nice he is, he has surprisingly few friends

12. Am [donde]
fue a quejarse con su madre he complained to his mother;

se hace los zapatos con Ardaches she has her shoes made at Ardaches;

los domingos comen con su padre on Sundays they eat at her father's

13. Méx [tras] after;

ha trabajado día con día she's worked day after day o day in day out

* * *

con

prp

1 with;

voy con ellos I’m going with them;

pan con mantequilla bread and butter;

estar con alguien tb fig be with s.o.

2

:

con todo eso in spite of all that;

con tal de que provided that, as long as;

con hacer eso by doing that;

para con alguien to s.o., toward s.o.;

con este calor in this heat;

¡con lo que he hecho por él! after all I’ve done for him!

3

:

ser amable con alguien be kind to s.o.

* * *

con prep

1) : with

vengo con mi padre: I'm going with my father

¡con quién hablas?: who are you speaking to?

2) : in spite of

con todo: in spite of it all

3) : to, towards

ella es amable con los niños: she is kind to the children

4) : by

con llegar temprano: by arriving early

5)

con (tal) que : as long as, so long as

* * *

con prep

1. (instrumento, compañía) with

lo corté con unas tijeras I cut it with a pair of scissors

fui con unos amigos I went with some friends

2. (relación) to

hablo con todos I talk to everyone

sé amable con ella be nice to her

3. (combinación) and

chocolate con churros hot chocolate and fritters

pan con tomate bread and tomato

4. (contenido) of

una bolsa con dinero a bag of money / a bag containing money

5. (condición) by

nada se pierde con intentarlo you've got nothing to lose by trying

con decir que no te interesa, será suficiente all you need to do is say you're not interested

con lo + adjetivo but / yet

con lo caro que ha costado y no funciona bien it was very expensive, but it doesn't work

con lo inteligente que eres y suspendes you're so clever and yet you fail

Spanish-English dictionary > con
3 μαρτυρέω

μαρτυρέω impf. ἐμαρτύρουν; fut. μαρτυρήσω; 1 aor. ἐμαρτύρησα; pf. μεμαρτύρηκα. Pass.: impf. ἐμαρτυρούμην; 1 aor. ἐμαρτυρήθην Hb 11:2, 4, 39; pf. μεμαρτύρημαι (s. four next entries; Semonides, Hdt.+)

① to confirm or attest someth. on the basis of personal knowledge or belief, bear witness, be a witness.

ⓐ to offer testimony

α. act. ὑμεῖς μαρτυρεῖτε you are witnesses J 15:27. ἐὰν θέλωσιν μαρτυρεῖν if they are willing to appear as witnesses Ac 26:5.—J 12:17; 1J 5:6f. Parenthetically, emphasizing the correctness of a statement, μαρτυρῶ I can testify (POxy 105, 13 Σαραπίων μαρτυρῶ=‘I, S., am witness’; PLond III, 1164 [f], 35 al. p. 162.—B-D-F §465, 2; Rob. 434) 2 Cor 8:3. περί τινος bear witness, testify concerning someone or someth. (PGrenf II, 73, 16 ὅταν ἔλθῃ σὺν θεῷ, μαρτυρήσει σοι περὶ ὧν αὐτὴν πεποιήκασιν; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 217, Vi. 259) J 1:7f, 15 (in the very likely case that μαρτυρεῖ refers to the past, cp. Caecil. Calact., Fgm. 75 p. 58, 2ff, where examples are given of the interchange of tenses: Demosth. 59, 34 τοὺς ὁρῶντας for τ. ἑωρακότας; Eur., Androm. Fgm. 145 Nauck² ὁρῶ ἀντὶ τοῦ εἶδον; Thu. 2, 35, 1 ἐπαινοῦσι ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπῄνεσαν); 2:25; 5:31, 32a, 36f, 39; 7:7; 8:13f, 18ab; 10:25; 15:26; 21:24; 1J 5:9. μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ testify to the wrong J 18:23 (μ.=furnish proof X., Symp. 8, 12). Also ἐπί τινι Hb 11:4b (on ἐπί w. dat. in this pass. s. Gen 4:4). W. dat. of thing (Jos., Ant. 12, 135; Ath. 16, 3 τῷ λόγω. Πλάτων) μ. τῇ ἀληθείᾳ bear witness to the truth J 5:33; 18:37. μ. σου τῇ ἀληθείᾳ testify to the truth of your (way of life) 3J 3; σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ vs. 6. W. dat. of pers. about whom testimony is given (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 73 §298; Just., D. 122, 2.—It is dat. of advantage or disadv.) Ac 10:43; 22:5; GJs 15:2; w. ptc. foll. (μ. Ἰακὼβ λέγων Did., Gen. 221, 2) θεὸς ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς δοὺς κτλ. God testified for them by giving Ac 15:8 (though αὐτοῖς can also be taken w. δούς); w. ὅτι foll. bear someone witness that J 3:28; Ro 10:2; Gal 4:15; Col 4:13. μ. ἑαυτῷ, ὅτι bear witness to oneself that Mt 23:31. The dat. can also designate the pers. who is informed or instructed by the testimony: bear witness to someone Hb 10:15; Rv 22:18.—μ. ὅτι testify that (Aelian, VH 9, 11; Did., Gen. 156, 28) J 1:34; 4:44; 12:17 v.l.; 1J 4:14. ὅτι introducing direct discourse J 4:39. μ. κατὰ τ. θεοῦ ὅτι bear witness against God by declaring that 1 Cor 15:15 (PPetr II, 21 [d], 12 [III B.C.] καθʼ οὗ μαρτυρῶ). ἐμαρτύρησεν καὶ εἶπεν w. direct discourse foll. J 13:21. μ. λέγων w. direct disc. foll. J 1:32. Of God μοι μαρτυρεῖ λέγων (Ps 89:4 follows) he testifies (of it) to me by saying 15:4. For 1 Ti 6:13 s. c below.

β. pass., be witnessed, have witness borne ὑπό τινος by someone (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 46 σοφία μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ θεοῦ; Just., D. 63, 5 Χριστὸς ὑπὸ τοῦ ταῦτα ποιήσαντος μαρτυρούμενος. Of Jesus: ὑπὸ τῶν προφητῶν πολλαχοῦ μεμαρτ. Orig., C. Cels. 2, 9, 30) Ro 3:21 (the witness of the law and prophets points to God’s righteousness). Foll. by ὅτι and a quot. in direct discourse Hb 7:17. μαρτυρούμενος ὅτι ζῇ one of whom it is testified that he lives vs. 8.

ⓑ to confirm bear witness to, declare, confirm, act. (Eunap., Vi. Soph. p. 76 ὁ θεὸς ἐμαρτύρησε; Iren. 2, 22, 5 [Harv I 331, 1]) τὶ someth. (Demosth. 57, 4 ἀκοήν; Aeschin. 1, 46 τἀληθῆ). ὸ̔ ἑωράκαμεν μαρτυροῦμεν J 3:11; cp. vs. 32. τὸν λόγον τ. θεοῦ Rv 1:2. ταῦτα 22:20. τινί τὶ someth. to or for someone (Dionys. Hal. 3, 67, 1; Jos., Ant. 6, 355) vs. 16. ὑμῖν τ. ζωήν 1J 1:2. The acc. is to be supplied fr. the context J 19:35; Ac 23:11. W. ptc. ἀκούσαντες μαρτυρήσωσιν they must admit that they have heard PtK 3 p. 15, 23.—μαρτυρίαν μ. bear witness, confirm, attest (Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 399b; Epict. 4, 8, 32) περί τινος concerning someone J 5:32b; 1J 5:10 (POxy 3313, 25f μαρτυρήσει σοι Σαραπᾶς περὶ τῶν ῥόδων S. will confirm to you about the roses).

ⓒ to support one’s testimony with total selfgiving, eccl. usage w. regard to martyrdom bear witness, testify, be a witness (unto death), be martyred, act. (TestAbr B 11 p. 115, 16 [Stone p. 787] Ἄβελ ὁ ἐν πρώτοις μαρτυρήσας; Mel., HE 4, 26, 3; τοῖς μαρτυρούσι τῷ χριστιανισμῷ μέχρι θανάτου Orig., C. Cels. 1, 8, 2): of Paul μαρτυρήσας ἐπὶ τῶν ἡγουμένων … εἰς τὸν ἅγιον τόπον ἐπορεύθη 1 Cl 5:7; cp. vs. 4; MPol 1:1; 19:1; 21f (Iren. 3, 3, 4 [Harv. II 12, 8]); EpilMosq 4. Prob. 1 Ti 6:13 also belongs here: Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ μαρτυρήσαντος ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πιλάτου τ. καλὴν ὁμολογίαν Christ Jesus, who made the good confession before Pontius Pilate (s. GBaldensperger, RHPR 2, 1922, 1–25; 95–117); otherwise the passage may be classed under a above.

② to affirm in a supportive manner, testify favorably, speak well (of), approve

ⓐ act. (Dio Chrys. 23 [40], 19; SIG 374, 37 [III B.C.]; POxy 930, 16) w. dat. of the pers. (Appian, Samn. 11, §2 τοῖς ὑπάτοις, Liby. 105 §495, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §387; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jos., Ant. 12, 134) or of the thing approved Lk 4:22 (OFearghus, ZNW 75, ’84, 60–72 [pap and ins]; JNolland, JBL 98, ’79, 219–29); J 3:26. Of God toward David Ac 13:22. μὴ ἑαυτῷ μαρτυρείτω he must not testify (favorably) concerning himself 1 Cl 38:2. W. dat. to be supplied 3J 12b. μαρτυρίᾳ, ᾗ ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτῷ ὁ δεσπότης Hs 5, 2, 6. Of the flesh ἵνα τὸ πνεῦμα … μαρτυρήσῃ αὐτῇ Hs 5, 7, 1.—ὁ κύριος ὁ μαρτυρῶν ἐπὶ (which a v.l. omits; μ. ἐπί τινι as Jos., Ant. 3, 189) τῷ λόγῳ τ. χάριτος αὐτοῦ the Lord, who attested the word of his grace Ac 14:3. With συνευδοκέω Lk 11:48 v.l.

ⓑ pass., be well spoken of, be approved (Ep. 12 of Apollonius of Tyana: Philostrat. I 348, 26; Just., D. 29, 1. Exx. fr. ins in Dssm., NB 93 [BS 265], LO 69, 2 [LAE 84, 5]) ἀνὴρ μαρτυρούμενος or μεμαρτυρημένος a man of good reputation Ac 6:3; IPhld 11:1. Of OT worthies people of attested merit 1 Cl 17:1; 19:1. Of David 18:1. Of Abraham μεγάλως ἐμαρτυρήθη his merit was gloriously attested 17:2 (cp. Just., D. 11, 5 ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει μαρτυηθέντος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ). Of the apostles 47:4. Of Paul IEph 12:2. Of church leaders 1 Cl 44:3.—Foll. by nom. and inf. Hb 11:4a; cp. vs. 5. διά τινος be praised for someth. 11:4a, 39. ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρούμενος well attested in good deeds 1 Ti 5:10; cp. Hb 11:2. ὑπό τινος be well spoken of by someone (M. Ant. 7, 62; SIG 799, 28; Jos., Ant. 3, 59; Just., D. 29, 3; 92, 4; New Docs 7, 233, no. 10, 10 of a benefactor) Ac 10:22; 16:2; 22:12; IPhld 5:2.—Impersonally μαρτυρεῖταί τινι ὑπό τινος a good testimony is given by someone to someone (Dionys. Hal., Thu. 8 μαρτυρεῖται τῷ ἀνδρὶ τάχα μὲν ὐπὸ πάντων φιλοσόφων; BGU 1141, 15 [14 B.C.] ὡς καὶ μαρτυρηθήσεταί σοι ὑπὸ τῶν φίλων) Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων καὶ ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας Demetrius has received a good testimony from everyone and from the truth itself 3J 12a.—Dg 12:6.—OMichel, Bibl. Bekennen u. Bezeugen, Ὁμολογεῖν und μαρτυρεῖν im bibl. Sprachgebr.: Evang. Theologie 2, ’35, 231–45; EBurnier, La notion de témoignage dans le NT ’39.—DELG s.v. μάρτυς. M-M. EDNT. TRE XXII 196–212. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > μαρτυρέω
4 AF

of

* * *

prep. w. dat.

I. Of place:

1) off, from;

G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;

ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;

Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;

Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;

hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;

Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;

tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;

bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;

land af landi, from one land to the other;

hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;

vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;

muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;

rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;

vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;

lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;

vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;

2) out of;

verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;

gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;

Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.

Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.

II. Of time; past, beyond:

af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;

ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;

þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;

var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.

III. In various other relations:

1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;

hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;

vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;

féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;

þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;

þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;

ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;

2) off, of;

höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;

vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;

þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;

absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;

fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;

3) of, among;

hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;

4) with;

hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;

fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;

5) of (= ór which is more frequent);

húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;

6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;

hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;

7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;

ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;

kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;

8) by, of (after passive);

ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;

ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;

9) on account of, by reason of, by;

úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;

ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;

af ástæld hans, by his popularity;

af því, therefore;

af hví, wherefor why;

af því at, because;

10) by means of, by;

framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;

af sínu fé, by one’s own means;

absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;

11) with adjectives, in regard to;

mildr af fé, liberal of money;

góðr af griðum, merciful;

fastr af drykk, close (stingy) in regard to drink;

12) used absol. with a verb, off away;

hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;

ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;

sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.

* * *

prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.

A. Loc.

I. With motion, off, from:

1. prop. corresp. to á,

α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.

β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.

γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.

δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.

ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.

ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).

2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).

II. WITHOUT MOTION:

1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.

2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.

β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.

γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.

3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.

β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.

4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.

B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:

1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.

2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.

3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.

C. In various other relations:

I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.

1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.

2. where an object is taken by force:

α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.

β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.

γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.

3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.

β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.

II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.

β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.

γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.

2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.

β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.

γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.

δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.

3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.

III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.

2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.

IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:

1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.

β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.

2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.

β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.

V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:

1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.

2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.

VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:

1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.

β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.

2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.

β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.

3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.

4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.

5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.

VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:

1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.

β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.

2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.

VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.

IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.

β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;

γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.

δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.

X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.

2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.

XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).

D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:

I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.

II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF
5 λέγω

λέγω (Hom.+; on the mng. of the word ADebrunner, TW IV 71–73) impf. ἔλεγον (3 pl. ἔλεγαν s. B-D-F §82 app.; Mlt-H. 194; KBuresch, RhM 46, 1891, 224). Only pres. and impf. are in use; the other tenses are supplied by εἶπον (q.v., also B-D-F §101 p. 46; Mlt-H. 247), but the foll. pass. forms occur: fut. 3 sg. λεχθήσεται; aor. ptc. fem. sg. λεχθεῖσα (SyrBar 14:1), neut. pl. τὰ λεχθέντα (Jos. 24, 27; Esth 1:18; Papias, Just.), 3 sg. ἐλέχθη and pl. ἐλέχθησαν; pf. 3 sg. λέλεκται; plupf. ἐλέλεκτο; pf. ptc. λελεγμένος (all Just.; B-D-F §101) ‘say’ (beginning w. Hes. [Hom. uses the word in the senses ‘gather, collect’, as Il. 11, 755 al., and mid. ‘select’, as Il. 21, 27, and esp. of stories that one elects to ‘tell over’ or ‘recount’, as Od. 14, 197] and more freq. in Pind.; the usual word since the Attic writers; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., apolog.).

① to express oneself orally or in written form, utter in words, say, tell, give expression to, the gener. sense (not in Hom., for this εἶπον, ἐν[ν]έπω, et al.)

ⓐ w. an indication of what is said

α. in the acc. ταύτην τ. παραβολήν Lk 13:6. (τὴν) ἀλήθειαν (Teles p. 4, 14; TestAbr A 16 p. 97, 27 [Stone p. 42]) J 8:45f; Ro 9:1; 1 Ti 2:7. ἀληθῆ (cp. Herodian 4, 14, 4) J 19:35. παροιμίαν οὐδεμίαν 16:29. τὶ καινότερον Ac 17:21 (w. ἀκούω as Pla., Prot. 310a; Dio Chrys. 3, 28; 4, 37). τί λέγουσιν what they say Mt 21:16; cp. Lk 18:6; 1 Cor 14:16. τί λέγω; what shall I say? Hb 11:32. ὸ̔ λέγει Lk 9:33; cp. 2 Ti 2:7; Phlm 21. ἃ λέγουσιν 1 Ti 1:7; AcPlCor 1:9. ταῦτα (τοῦτο) λ. (Jos., Vi. 291) Lk 9:34; 11:45b; 13:17; J 2:22; τοιαῦτα λ. Hb 11:14. τὸ αὐτὸ λέγειν be in agreement (not only in words: Thu. 4, 20, 4; 5, 31, 6; Polyb. 2, 62, 4; 5, 104, 1; Jos., Ant. 18, 375; 378) 1 Cor 1:10.—Also τινί τι tell someone someth. παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς Lk 18:1. μυστήριον ὑμῖν 1 Cor 15:51. τ. ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν J 16:7. ὸ̔ λέγω ὑμῖν Mt 10:27. μηδενὶ λ. τοῦτο Lk 9:21. οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν they say nothing to him J 7:26. ταῦτα ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 2 Th 2:5.—τὶ πρός τινα (Pla, Gorg. 465a) παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτούς Lk 5:36; cp. 14:7; 20:9.—24:10; 11:53 v.l. W. double acc. ἀδύνατα ταῦτα εἴρηκας Hm 11:19.

β. by direct discourse or direct question foll., mostly abs. (extremely freq.) Mt 9:34; 12:44; Mk 3:30; Lk 5:39; J 1:29, 36; 1 Cor l2:3; Js 4:13. Also oft. introduced by recitative ὅτι Mt 9:18; Mk 1:15; 2:12; 3:21f; 5:28; 6:14f (on the textual problem s. FNeirynck, ETL 65, ’89, 110–18), 35; 7:20; Lk 1:24; 4:41; 17:10; 21:8 v.l.; J 6:14; 7:12; 8:33; Ac 2:13; 11:3 and oft.—καὶ ἔλεγεν Mk 4:21, 24, 26, 30 may = he used to say (so that they might memorize): WEssame, ET 77, ’66, 121.

γ. by indirect discourse or indirect question foll.; abs. Mt 21:27; Mk 11:33c; Lk 20:8.—Introduced by ὅτι (Diod S 11, 4, 3; 11, 6, 2; 14, 4, 3; Petosiris, Fgm. 14c; Jos., Bell. 4, 543) Lk 22:70; Ac 20:23.—In acc. w. inf. τίνα λέγουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι τ. υἱὸν τ. ἀνθρώπου; Mt 16:13; cp. vs. 15; Lk 9:20; 11:18; 23:2b; 24:23b; J 12:29a; Ac 4:32; 8:9; 17:7.—W. the inf. only Lk 24:23a; Js 2:14; 1J 2:6, 9.

ⓑ w. indication of the pers. or thing about which someth. is said, or that is meant by someth.

α. by a prep. περί τινος (Soph., Thu. et al.) οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἔγνωσαν ὅτι περὶ αὐτῶν λέγει the Pharisees perceived that he was talking about them Mt 21:45. λέγει περὶ αὐτοῦ he said concerning him J 1:47; cp. 2:21; 11:13; 13:18, 22. εἴς τινα (Eur., Med. 453; X., Mem. 1, 5, 1) Ac 2:25; Eph 5:32. ἐπί τινα Hb 7:13. πρός τινα Lk 12:41; Hb 1:7.

β. by the acc. alone mean someone or someth. (Demosth. 18, 88; Diod S 15, 23, 5; Phalaris, Ep. 142, 1 ἣν λέγω; Ael. Aristid. 48, 35 K.=24 p. 474 D.: τὸν Φιλάδελφον λέγων; Aelian, NA 8, 3 ὸ̔ δὲ λέγω, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, VH 3, 36; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; 10, 2; 2 Macc 14:7; Jos., Ant. 6, 86; TestSol 4:6 D τὸν δύστηνον λέγω γέροντα; Just., D. 130, 2 μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ, λέγω Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ …) τ. ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὸ̔ν λέγετε this man whom you mean Mk 14:71. ἔλεγεν τὸν Ἰούδαν J 6:71. συνείδησιν λέγω οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ I mean not your own conscience 1 Cor 10:29. τοῦτο δὲ λέγω but this is what I mean Gal 3:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:12a (Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 3, 12; 2, 11, 1 λέγω δέ … but I mean).—Mt 26:70; Mk 14:68; Lk 22:60. Cp. 4 end.

γ. w. an indication of the one to whom someth. is said (on the synoptics and Ac s. WLarfeld, Die ntl. Ev. 1925, 237f); mostly in dat. (Aeschyl., Ag. 103; Herodas 4, 42 σοί; POxy 413, 99; s. also 1aα above) Mt 8:7; Mk 2:8, 17f; Lk 3:7; 5:24; J 1:39, 41, 43 and oft.—πρός τινα (Epict. 2, 17, 34 πρὸς ἄλλους ἐρεῖς; TestSol 1:6 D λέγει Νάθαν πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον; ApcEsdr 6:16; s. also 1aα above) Mk 4:41; 16:3; Lk 4:21; 8:25 (λ. πρὸς ἀλλήλους as Jos., Ant. 2, 108; 9, 239); 9:23; 12:1; 16:1; J 2:3; 3:4; Ac 2:12; 28:4. μετά τινος: ἔλεγον μετʼ ἀλλήλων they said to each other J 11:56.

δ. in other (s. 1aα, 1bα, 1bγ) prep. uses ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (=ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ v.l.) σὺ τοῦτο λέγεις; do you say this of your own accord? J 18:34 (TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 26 [Stone p. 38] al.). εἴς τινα against someone Lk 22:65. τὶ περί τινος say someth. about or concerning someone J 1:22; Ac 8:34; Tit 2:8. λ. περὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ὅτι say, with reference to the temple, that Lk 21:5. τί σὺ λέγεις περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι; what have you to say about him, since? J 9:17b (λ. τι περί τινος, ὅτι as Jos., Bell. 7, 215). τινὶ περί τινος say to someone about someone w. direct discourse foll. Mt 11:7. Also πρός τινα περί τινος (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 279 πρὸς αὐτὸν περὶ Μωϋσέως) Lk 7:24. πρός τινα ἐπί τινος bring charges against someone before someone Ac 23:30 (λ. ἐπί τινος as Jos., Vi. 258). λ. περί (v.l. ὑπέρ) τινος say (someth.), speak in someone’s defense 26:1.

ε. in connection w. adverbs and adv. exprs.: Λυκαονιστὶ λ. say in (the) Lycaonian (language) Ac 14:11. καλῶς correctly (X., Mem. 2, 7, 11; 3, 3, 4; TestJob 7:8; EpArist 125; 196) J 8:48; 13:13. ὡσαύτως in the same way Mk 14:31. ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν truly, I tell you Lk 12:44; 21:3. κατὰ ἄνθρωπον (s. ἄνθρωπος 2b) Ro 3:5; Gal 3:15. κατὰ συγγνώμην, οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν (s. ἐπιταγή) 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. καθʼ ὑστέρησιν Phil 4:11.

ζ. w. emphasis on a certain kind of saying: φωνῇ μεγάλῃ in a loud voice Rv 5:12; 8:13 (cp. TestSol 16:1). Also ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 14:7; 9. ἄγγελος ἐν φωνῇ λέγων GJs 20:4 (pap, s. deStrycker p. 387f). Opp. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ (cp. Ps 13:1) 18:7. Also ἐν ἑαυτῷ (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 11 [Stone p. 62]; TestJob 23:8) Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 3:8; 7:39, 49; GJs 1:1,4; 3:1; 5:1; cp. 1:3 (codd.); 2:1 v.l.; 14:1 v.l.

η. in quotations fr. scripture (but s. also Epict. 1, 28, 4 ὡς λέγει Πλάτων with a quotation) Ἠσαί̈ας λέγει Isaiah says Ro 10:16, 20; 15:12. Μωϋσῆς λέγει 10:19. Δαυὶδ λέγει 11:9. ἡ γραφὴ λέγει (Just., D. 56, 17; cp. Paus. 2, 16, 4 τὰ ἔπη λέγει=the epic poets say) 4:3; 10:11; Gal 4:30; 1 Ti 5:18; Js 4:5; cp. 2:23; J 19:24; 2 Cl 14:2. In the case of the quot. formula λέγει without the subj. expressed, ἡ γραφή or ὁ θεός is easily understood (B-D-F §130, 3; Rob. 392.—On the omission of the subj. [Just., D. 101, 1 al.] cp. Epict. 1, 24, 12 λέγει σοι ‘θὲς κτλ.’=someone says to you ‘lay aside [this and that sign of prestige]’). It could prob. be translated indefinitely it says: Ro 15:10; 2 Cor 6:2; Gal 3:16; Eph 4:8; 5:14. ὁ θεός is obviously the subj. (Clearch., Fgm. 69c; Epict. 1, 1, 10 λέγει ὁ Ζεύς, followed by a divine revelation to Epictetus) Hb 5:6. λέγει ὁ κύριος 2 Cl 13:2; cp. Hb 8:8–10 (λέγει κύριος Am 5:27; Is 1:18; Jer 9:24; ParJer 6:16 al.). W. the passage more definitely indicated (schol. on Pind., O. 7, 66 ἐν τοῖς Μουσαίου λέγεται; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 3, 1179 Wendel v.l. ἐν τῇ γ´ τῆς Μουσαίου Τιτανογραφίας λέγεται ὡς) ἐν Ἠλίᾳ τί λέγει ἡ γραφή Ro 11:2 (Epict. 2, 17, 34 τί λέγει Χρύσιππος ἐν τοῖς περὶ τοῦ ψευδομένου). Δαυὶδ λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ ψαλμῶν Lk 20:42 (Epict. 2, 19, 14 Ἑλλάνικος λέγει ἐν τοῖς Αἰγυπτιακοῖς with quot.). ἐν τ. Ὡσηὲ λέγει Ro 9:25. λέγει ἐν τῷ Ἠσαί̈ᾳ 2 Cl 3:5 (Just., D. 123, 8); cp. ἐν Δαυίδ Hb 4:7. ὁ νόμος λέγει (cp. Pla., Crito 12, 50c; Epict. 3, 24, 43 τί γὰρ λέγει; [i.e. ὁ νόμος θεῖος]) 1 Cor 14:34. λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Hb 3:7 (Just., D. 124, 1). Of words of Jesus: λέγει ὁ κύριος ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 2 Cl 8:5. λέγει ὁ κύριος 5:2; 6:1. λέγει αὐτός (i.e. ὁ Χριστός 2:7) 3:2. λέγει 4:2.

θ. Hebraistic, though by no means limited to the OT (s. EKieckers, IndogF 35, 1915, 34ff; B-D-F §420; Mlt-H. 454), is the freq. use of λ. to introduce

א. direct discourse (like לֵאמֹר), even though it is preceded by a verb of saying, or one that includes the idea of saying. Esp. λέγων is so used, as in the LXX, e.g. after ἀναβοᾶν, ἀνακράζειν Mk 1:23 (cp. Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 3, 9 Jac. ἀνεκεκράγει λέγων), ἀπαγγέλλειν, ἀποκρίνεσθαι, ἀρνεῖσθαι, βοᾶν, γογγύζειν, διαγογγύζειν, διαλογίζεσθαι, διαμαρτύρεσθαι, διαστέλλεσθαι, διδάσκειν, δοξάζειν, εἰπεῖν Mt 22:1; Lk 12:16; 20:2 (s. B-D-F §101, p. 46; s. Rob. 882f; Kieckers, loc. cit. 36f), ἐμβριμᾶσθαι, ἐντέλλεσθαι, ἐπερωτᾶν, ἐπιτιμᾶν, ἐπιφωνεῖν, ἐρωτᾶν, κατηγορεῖν, κηρύσσειν, κράζειν, κραυγάζειν, λαλεῖν, μαρτυρεῖν, μεριμνᾶν, παραινεῖν, παρακαλεῖν, παρατιθέναι παραβολήν, προσεύχεσθαι, προσφωνεῖν, προφητεύειν, συζητεῖν, συλλαλεῖν, φωνεῖν, ψευδομαρτυρεῖν; s. these entries. Also after such verbs as denote an action accompanied by a statement of some kind: ἄγγελος κυρίου … ἐφάνη αὐτῷ λέγων appeared to him and said Mt 1:20; cp. 2:13; προσεκύνει αὐτῷ λ. fell before him and said 8:2; 9:18; cp. 14:33. ἅπτεσθαι 8:3; 9:29. ἔρχεσθαι Mk 5:35; Lk 18:3; 19:18 al.; cp. Lk 1:66; 5:8; 8:38; 15:9; Ac 8:10, 19; 12:7; 27:23f; 1 Cor 11:25 al.

ב. the content of a written document (2 Km 11:15; 4 Km 10:6.—1 Macc 8:31; 11:57; Jos., Ant. 11, 26) ἔγραψεν λέγων (=יִכְתֹּב לֵאמֹר) he wrote as follows Lk 1:63.

ג. orders or instructions to be carried out by other persons: ἔπεμψεν λέγων he sent and had them say Lk 7:19. ἀπέστειλεν λ. (Judg 11:14f; Jdth 3:1; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:21 al.) Mt 22:16; 27:19; Lk 7:20; 19:14; J 11:3. If the persons carrying out the orders are named, the ptc. can refer to them Mt 22:16 v.l.

ד. When it is used w. the ptc. λ. appears in its finite forms ἐμπαίζοντες ἔλεγον they mocked and said Mt 27:41. προσελθὼν αὐτῷ λέγει he approached him and said Mk 14:45. διαρρήξας … λέγει he tore his clothes as he said vs. 63; cp. vs. 67; 15:35; Lk 6:20; J 1:36; Hb 8:8a al.—Also pleonastically (TestSol 2:2; TestJob 23:4; cp. Homeric ἀμειβόμενος προσέειπε Il. 3, 437 al., προσηύδα 14, 270 al.) ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει he answered Mk 8:29b; 9:5, 19; 10:24; 11:22; Lk 3:11; 11:45; 13:8. κράξας λέγει he cried out Mk 5:7; 9:24 (cp. TestAbr B 6 p. 109, 29 [Stone p. 66] κράζων καὶ λέγων; ApcEsdr 1:2 κράξας λέγων).

ι. Now and then short exprs. with λ. are inserted as parentheses (B-D-F §465, 2; Rob. 434): πολλοί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ζητήσουσιν many, I tell you, will seek Lk 13:24. ἐν ἀφροσύνῃ λέγω 2 Cor 11:21b. ὡς τέκνοις λέγω 6:13.

κ. ptc. w. the article τὰ λεγόμενα what was said (EpArist 215, 298; TestSol 15:13; ApcEsdr 2:15; Jos., Ant. 3, 85; 207; Just., D. 46, 4; 115, 1) Lk 18:34. προσεῖχον τ. λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τ. Φιλίππου (προσέχω 2b) Ac 8:6 (προσέχ. τοῖς λεγ. as Jos., Ant. 13, 303; τὰ λ. ὑπό τινος as Bell. 7, 56; 423; Esth 3:3, also Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 24, p. 408, 19 ὑπὸ τῶν μάντεων; Fgm. 30 p. 417, 23 Jac.; Epict. 1, 18, 1; SIG 679, 87). τὰ ἢ λεχθέντα ἢ πραχθέντα (Ps.-Libanius, Charact. Ep. p. 48, 18; 64, 18; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 55) Papias (2:15) in Eus., HE 3, 39, 15 (=Geb., Harn., Zahn 15, p. 72, 17).

② to express oneself in a specific way, say

ⓐ ask w. direct question foll: Mt 9:14; 15:1; 18:1; Mk 5:30f. ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει the Master asks 14:14. W. dat. of pers. and a direct question foll.: Mt 9:28a; 15:34; 16:15; 20:6.

ⓑ answer (Lucian, Syr. Dea 18; TestSol 5:8 al.; ApcMos 5) Mt 17:25; Mk 8:24; J 1:21; 18:17b. W. dat. of pers. and direct discourse: Mt 4:10; 8:26; 9:28b; 14:17; 15:33; 18:22; 19:7, 20 al. W. dat of pers. and direct discourse introduced by ὅτι Mt 19:8.

ⓒ order, command, direct, enjoin, recommend more or less emphatically (Syntipas p. 9, 4; Num 32:27; TestSol 4:7 D; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 21 [Stone p. 44]) τὶ someth. 2 Cl 6:4. ἃ λέγω Lk 6:46. τί τινι command someone (to do) someth. ὅ τι ἂν λέγῃ ὑμῖν J 2:5b (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 8 [Stone p. 10]); cp. Ac 21:23 (s. Num 32:31). ὅ ὑμῖν λέγω, πᾶσιν λέγω, γρηγορεῖτε the order I give to you I give to everyone: be on your guard! Mk 13:37 (for the formal nuance cp. reff. at end of this parag.). Gener. w. dat. of pers. and direct discourse foll.: Mt 5:44; 6:25; 8:4, 9; 26:52; Mk 3:3, 5; 5:8; 6:10; Lk 6:27; 7:8; J 2:7f. W. dat. of pers. and inf. foll.: Rv 10:9; 13:14; w. an inf. and a negative forbid (X., An. 7, 1, 40) Mt 5:34, 39.—Here belongs χαίρειν τινὶ λέγειν (Epict. 3, 22, 64) extend a greeting to someone, since the greeting consists in saying χαῖρε=‘may you prosper’ 2J 10f. W. ἵνα foll. recommend that, tell to τῷ λαῷ λέγων … ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν Ac 19:4. οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ I do not recommend that anyone should pray about that (sin) 1J 5:16. W. inf. foll.: Ro 2:22.—τάδε λέγει is the formal style of one who is giving an order (introductory formula for the edicts of the Persian kings [IMagnMai 115, 4]; in the OT a favorite method of introducing a prophetic statement [Thackeray p. 11]) Ac 21:11, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (s. Gerhard, Philol. 64, 1905, 27ff; Thieme 23; GRudberg, Eranos 11, 1911, 177f; LLafoscade, De epistulis imperatorum 1902, 63 and 77. Roman edicts gener. use the simple λέγει as in the praescriptio of SEG IX, 8 I, 1–3 αὐτοκράτωρ Καίσαρ Σεβαστὸς … λέγει; also by Augustus: Jos., Ant., 16, 162; s. MBenner, The Emperor Says ’75).

ⓓ assure, assert; w. direct discourse foll. Esp. in the formulas λέγω σοι, λ. ὑμῖν, ἀμὴν (ἀμὴν) λ. ὑμῖν (TestAbr A 8 p. 85, 19f [Stone p. 18]) Mt 11:22; 12:31; 19:24; 23:39; Mk 11:24; Lk 4:25; 7:9, 28; 9:27.—Mt 5:26; 6:2, 5; 8:10; Mk 3:28; 9:41; 10:15; Lk 4:24; 18:17, 29; 23:43; J 1:51; 3:3, 5, 11; 5:19, 24f; 6:26, 32 al.

ⓔ maintain, declare, proclaim as teaching, w. direct discourse foll.: Gal 4:1; 1J 2:4. Foll. by acc. and inf. (X., Symp. 5, 5) Mt 22:23; Mk 12:18; Lk 20:41; 23:2b; Ro 15:8; 2 Ti 2:18. Foll. by ὅτι and direct discourse Mk 12:35b; 1 Cor 15:12. W. dat. of pers. and direct discourse after ὅτι Mt 5:20, 22, 28, 32; 8:11 al. Someth. like interpret εἰς w. ref. to Eph 5:32.—σὺ λέγεις (that is what) you maintain Mt 27:11; Mk 15:2; Lk 23:3 (cp. σὺ εἶπας Mt 26:25 and s. εἶπον 1a). Cp. also Lk 22:70; J 18:37 (s. OMerlier, RevÉtGr 46, ’33, 204–19; Goodsp., Probs. 64–68 [strong affirmative, yes]; MSmith, JBL 64, ’45, 506–10 [intentionally ambiguous, so you say, Tannaitic Parallels to the Gospels, ’51, 27–30]; DCatchpole, NTS 17, ’70/71, 213–26). τί λέγει ἡ γνῶσις; what does Gnosis teach about this? With the answer in direct discourse B 6:9 (cp. Epict. 3, 13, 11 καὶ τί λέγει [i.e., ὁ λόγος ὁ τῶν φιλοσόφων=philosophy]; direct discourse follows).

ⓕ of written communications (Hdt. 3, 40; 122; 8, 140; UPZ 68, 5 [152 B.C.]; Jos., Ant. 13, 80) 1 Cor 6:5; 7:6; 15:51; 2 Cor 6:13; 8:8; Gal 5:2; Phil 4:11; Col 2:4; Phlm 21, al. in Paul.

③ to inform about / tell of someth., speak, report (Diog. L. 1, 31) τινί to someone Mk 7:36. τὶ about someth. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 16 νῦν λέξομεν τὰς Κύρου πράξεις) τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ of his death (lit., departure) Lk 9:31. τὰ περὶ τ. βασιλείας Ac 1:3. τὰ γινόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν αἰσχρόν ἐστιν καὶ λέγειν it is a disgrace even to speak of the things they do Eph 5:12 (Demosth. 10, 27 ὸ̔ … οὔτε λέγειν ἄξιον). τινὶ περί τινος bring a report about someone to someone Mk 1:30; 8:30. Likew. τινί τινα Phil 3:18.

④ to identify in a specific manner, call, name (Aeschyl. et al.) w. double acc. (Epict. 2, 19, 19 τί Στωικὸν ἔλεγες σεαυτόν; Diog. L. 8, 88 τὴν ἡδονὴν λέγειν τὸ ἀγαθόν=call pleasure the [real] good; 2 Macc 4:2; Just., D. 61, 1 ἀρχηστρατηγὸν ἑαυτὸν λέγει) τινά τι describe someone as someth. τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν; why do you call me good? Mk 10:18; Lk 18:19. Δαυὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν κύριον David calls him Lord Mk 12:37. πατέρα ἴδιον ἔλεγεν τὸν θεόν he called God his Father J 5:18. οὐκέτι λέγω ὑμᾶς δούλους I no longer call you slaves 15:15; cp. Ac 10:28; Rv 2:20. Pass. be called, named Mt 13:55; Hb 11:24. ὁ λεγόμενος the so-called (Epict. 4, 1, 51 οἱ βασιλεῖς λεγόμενοι; Socrat., Ep. 14, 7 ὁ λ. θάνατος) λεγόμενοι θεοί so-called gods 1 Cor 8:5 (Herm. Wr. 2, 14 the λεγόμενοι θεοί in contrast to μόνος ὁ θεός. Somewhat differently Jos., Ant. 12, 125 Ἀντίοχος ὁ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν θεὸς λεγόμενος). οἱ λεγόμενοι ἀκροβυστία ὑπὸ τῆς λ. περιτομῆς those who are called ‘the uncircumcised’ (i.e. gentiles) by the so-called circumcision (i.e. Jews) Eph 2:11. ὁ λεγόμενος (B-D-F §412, 2; Rob. 1107; cp. BGU 1117, 9 [13 B.C.]; PRyl 133, 11; 137, 19; 2 Macc 12:17; 14:6; 3 Macc 1:3; TestAbr B 13 p. 118, 14 [Stone p. 84]; TestJob 46:5; 47:1; Just., A I, 22, 1, D. 32, 1) who is called … Mt 1:16; 27:17; whose surname is (Appian, Liby. 49 §213 Ἄννων ὁ μέγας λεγόμενος; Jos., Ant. 13, 370, Vi. 4) 10:2; Col 4:11; by name Mt 9:9; 26:3, 14; 27:16; Mk 15:7; Lk 22:47; J 9:11.—Of things: of the name of a star Rv 8:11. Of place-names (BGU 326, 19 [II A.D.]; 2 Macc 9:2; 12:21) Mt 2:23; 26:36; J 4:5; 11:54; 19:13; Ac 3:2; 6:9; Hb 9:3. Of the local, vernacular name λ. Ἑβραϊστί J 5:2 v.l.; 19:17b.—In the transl. of foreign words (which) means: ὅ ἐστιν κρανίου τόπος λεγόμενος which means ‘Place of a Skull’ Mt 27:33b. Cp. also J 4:25; 11:16; 20:24; 21:2. Also ὸ̔ λέγεται 20:16. ὸ̔ λ. μεθερμηνευόμενον which, when translated, means 1:38. ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται Ac 9:36.—Other exx. of the significance mean (Aeschyl. et al.) are Gal 4:1; 2 Cl 6:4; 8:6 Cp. 1bβ.—B. 1253f; 1257; 1277. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. S. λόγος, ῥῆμα, λαλέω.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λέγω
6 ἐπί

ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)

① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near

ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P⁷⁵; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.

ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.

α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).

β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).

ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)

α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.

β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.

γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.

② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near

ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.

ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.

③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.

④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on

ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).

ⓑ w. acc.

α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.

β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P⁷⁵. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.

γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.

δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.

ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.

⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.

⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)

ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.

ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.

ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.

⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).

⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).

⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over

ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.

ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.

ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.

⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.

⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.

⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against

ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).

ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.

⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.

⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about

ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.

ⓑ w. acc.

α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.

β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).

⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.

⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.

⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.

⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for

ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.

ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).

ⓒ w. acc.

α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).

β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί
7 senatus

sĕnātus, ūs ( gen. senati, Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 6; id. Ep. 2, 2, 5; Sisenn. ap. Non. 484, 18; Cic. Div. in Caecil. 5, 19; also cited ap. Charis. p. 116 P.; Sall. C. 30, 3; 36, 5; 53, 1. acc. to Non. 484, 15; Charis. p. 10 P.; Don. Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 21; Prisc. p. 712 P.; id. Fragm. ap. Don. Ter. And. 2, 2, 28; also Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 4, acc. to the pr. man. of the Cod. Medic.; cf. Quint. 1, 6, 27.—Another form of the gen. senatuis, C. Fann. ap. Charis. p. 116 P.; Sisenn. ap. Non. 484, 19; also,
as it seems,
Varr. ib. 484, 19, yet the passage itself is wanting.—In old orthog. SENATVOS, S. C. de Bacch.; dat. senato, Quint. 1, 6, 27), m. [senex; like gerousia from gerôn; cf. Cic. Rep. 2, 28, 51; id. Sen. 6, 19], the council of the elders, the Senate, the supreme council in Rome, concerning whose origin, constitution, powers, etc., v. senator; cf. Momms. Hist. of Rome, 1, 113 sqq.; 1, 406 sqq. Am. ed.; Becker, Antiq. 2, 1, p. 339 sq.; 2, 2, p. 385 sq.; 2, 3, p. 210 sq.;
and the authors there cited: quae (consilium, ratio, sententia) nisi essent in senibus, non summum consilium majores nostri appellassent senatum. Apud Lacedaemonios quidem ii, qui amplissimum magistratum gerunt, ut sunt sic etiam nominantur senes,
Cic. Sen. 6, 19:
Romuli senatus, qui constabat ex optimatibus,
id. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
(Majores nostri) senatum rei publicae custodem collo caverunt,
id. Sest. 65, 137:
senatus rem pu blicam tenuit, ut pleraque senatūs auctori tate gererentur,
id. Rep. 2, 32, 56:
ut potentia senatus atque auctoritas minueretur,
id. ib. 2, 34, 59:
cum potestas in populo, auctoritas in senatu sit,
id. Leg. 3, 12, 28:
nec per senatum solvi hac lege possumus,
id. Rep. 3, 22, 33.—Freq. in the phrase: senatus populusque Romanus (often written S. P. Q. R.), the Senate and people of Rome, i.e. the State, the republic, Cic. Planc. 37, 90; id. Phil. 6, 2, 4;
very rarely in reverse order: populus et senatus Romanus,
Sall. J. 41, 2:
populi Romani senatusque verbis,
Liv. 7, 31, 10; 24, 37, 7; Vitr. praef. 1, 1: senatus (senati, senatuis, v. supra) consultum, a decree of the Senate (v. consulo, P. a. III.); senatūs auctoritas, the same (v. auctoritas, 4.): censuit senatus, the Senate resolved; v. censeo, 3. b. (cf. also decerno, I. A., and decretum, s. v. decerno fin.):
senatum convocare,
Cic. Sull. 23, 65; id. Cat. 2, 6, 12: senatus [p. 1669] est continuo convocatus frequensque convenit, id. Fam. 10, 12, 3; cf.:
senatus frequens vocatu Drusi in curiam venit,
id. de Or. 3, 1, 2:
vocare senatum,
Liv. 3, 38:
cito cogere,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 3; Suet. Caes. 16; id. Tib. 23:
habere senatum,
Cic. Fam. 1, 4, 1; id. Q. Fr. 2, 13, 3; Suet. Aug. 29:
agere,
id. Caes. 88; id. Aug. 35:
eo die non fuit senatus neque postero,
no session of the Senate, Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 1:
eodem die Tyriis (legatis) est senatus datus frequens,
i. e. gave audience, id. Q. Fr. 2, 13, 2 sq.; so,
dare senatum (legatis),
Sall. J. 13, 9; Nep. Hann. 7, 6; Liv. 41, 6 et saep.:
senatu dimisso,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
dimittere senatum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 65, § 146:
mittere,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 1:
multa ejus (Catonis) et in senatu et in foro vel provisa prudenter vel acta constanter ferebantur,
in the meetings of the Senate, id. Lael. 2, 6; cf.:
(Catilina) etiam in senatum venit,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 2: ad senatum adduci, in senatu poni, id. Fragm. ap. Quint. 9, 3, 50:
ad senatum in Capitolio stare,
Cic. Ac. 2, 45, 137: in senatu sedere, to sit among the senators, on the senatorial seats (in the theatre), Suet. Claud. 25 fin.; cf.:
in orchestram senatumque descendit,
id. Ner. 12:
in senatum venire,
to become a senator, Cic. Fl. 18, 42:
de senatu cooptando,
nominating, electing, id. Verr. 2, 2, 49, § 122; Liv. 23, 3:
de senatu movere,
Cic. Clu. 43, 122:
senatu movere,
Sall. C. 23, 1 Dietsch; and:
senatu emovere,
Liv. 45, 15, 8:
ex or de senatu eicere,
Cic. Sen. 12, 42; id. Clu. 42, 119; 48, 135; Liv. 40, 51; 41, 27; 43, 15 al. (v. 1. lego and eicio): seminarium senatus, i. e. the order of Knights, from which new senators were elected, Liv. 42, 61, 5.—Also of the Senate of other nations: senatus (Gaditanus), Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 32, 2:
Aeduorum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31, 6:
Venetorum,
id. ib. 3, 16 fin. et saep.:
Judaeorum,
Vulg. 2 Macc. 11, 27.—
II.
Trop., a council, i. e. consultation (mostly ante-class.):
de re argentariā senatum convocare in corde consiliarium,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 56:
sibi senatum consili in cor convocare,
id. Most. 3, 1, 158; 5, 1, 8; id. Mil. 2, 6, 111:
deūm,
Mart. Cap. 6, § 582.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > senatus
8 Hölgi

a, m. a pr. name, in the Hb. spelt Hœlgi; this is the old Norse form, whereas the old and mod. Icel. form is Helgi, and of a woman, Helga, u, f., Landn.; prob. contracted from Hálogi, cp. the Dan. Holger and Russian Olga: Hölgi was the name of a mythol. king, Edda 83, whence Hölga-brúðr, f. the bride of Hölgi, or Hölga-tröll, n. (Skálda 168, Fms. xi. 134), the giantess of H.: hölda-brúðr and hörga-brúðr are less correct forms, Nj. 131 (v. l.), Fb. i. 213; for the various readings in different MSS. see Jóms S. ch. 44, Nj. ch. 89: this is the name of two weird sisters worshipped by the earls of Hlaðir; the passage in Skálda l. c. refers to some lost myth concerning these sisters.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Hölgi
9 certus

certus, a, um [orig. P. a. from cerno; hence], adj., determined, resolved, fixed, settled, purposed: non dubius.
I.
(Acc. to cerno, II. D.) Certum est (mihi), it is determined, it is my ( thy, his, etc.) decision, resolution, will, I am resolved, I mean, etc. (mostly ante-class.; most freq. in Plaut.); with inf.: quorum virtuti belli Fortuna pepercit, Eorundem me libertati parcere certum est, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 206 Vahl.):
certum'st hominem eludere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 109:
tibi credere,
id. Aul. 4, 9, 7; cf. id. Capt. 3, 1, 32; id. Curc. 2, 1, 1; id. Cas. 2, 4, 15; id. Cist. 3, 1, 16; id. Ep. 5, 1, 57; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 37; id. Most. 1, 3, 80; id. Men. 5, 6, 12; id. Mil. 2, 3, 32; id. Merc. 3, 1, 7; id. Ps. 1, 5, 138; id. Poen. 5, 5, 25; id. Pers. 2, 2, 39; id. Rud. 3, 3, 22; id. Stich. 5, 4, 2; id. Trin. 2, 1, 34; id. Truc. 2, 6, 68; Ter. And. 2, 1, 11; id. Eun. 1, 2, 108: certum est deliberatumque, quae ad causam pertinere arbitror, omnia dicere, Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 31:
certum atque decretum est non dare signum,
Liv. 2, 45, 13:
certum est igni circumdare muros,
Verg. A. 9, 153.—Certum'st mihi with inf., Plaut. As. 1, 3, 94; 3, 3, 23; id. Cas. 1, 1, 3; id. Mil. 3, 1, 154; id. Ps. 4, 8, 2; Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144; Liv. 35, 46, 13; Ov. M. 9, 53 al.—Without inf., esp. parenthet., with expression of purpose by a fut. tense:
certum est, malam rem potius quaeram cum lucro,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 6, 15:
certum est, jam dicam patri,
id. Bacch. 3, 1, 15:
certum est, ibo ad medicum,
id. Merc. 2, 4, 4: An. Certumn' est tibi? Ly. Certum, id. Poen. 2, 48; cf. id. Stich. 4, 2, 33.—With pron. or subst.: Ar. Certumne'st tibi istuc? He. Non moriri certius, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 74;
so further with istuc,
id. ib. 2, 1, 20; Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 30:
mihi autem abjurare certius est quam dependere,
Cic. Att. 1, 8, 3:
ad eum senem oppugnare certum est consilium,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 60:
quae nunc sunt certa ei consilia, etc.,
Ter. And. 2, 3, 16:
certa res hanc est objurgare,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 73; so id. Merc. 5, 2, 16; id. Mil. 2, 4, 45; Ter. And. 2, 2, 31; Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 16.—
b.
(From the time of the Aug. poets.) Transf. to the person who is determined upon something, determined, resolved, bent.
(α).
With inf.:
certa mori,
Verg. A. 4, 564 (cf. id. ib. 4, 475:
decrevitque mori): certi non cedere,
Ov. M. 9, 43:
certa sequi,
Val. Fl. 5, 47.—
(β).
With gen. (cf. Ramsh. Gr. p. 323; Zumpt, Gr. § 437, n. 1;
A. and S. § 213, R. 1): certus eundi,
Verg. A. 4, 554; Ov. M. 11, 440:
desciscendi,
Tac. H. 4, 14:
relinquendae vitae,
id. A. 4, 34:
necis,
Sil. 6, 27:
fugae,
Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 12:
destinationis,
Tac. A. 12, 32:
sceleris,
id. ib. 12, 66:
consilii,
id. H. 2, 46.—
(γ).
With an:
nec sat certa an cederet armis,
Sil. 9, 480.—
II.
An epithet of all those objects whose existence or reality is fixed, determined (hence in connection with definitus, Quint. 7, 10, 7;
with praefinitus,
Suet. Galb. 14), or in respect to which there can be no doubt (hence opp. dubius, Quint. 7, 6, 3; 5, 12, 3; 12, 3, 6 al.).
A.
Object.
1.
Of things whose external qualities, number, etc., are invariable, established, settled, fixed, particular, specified, etc. (class.):
Arboribus primum certis gravis umbra tributa,
Lucr. 6, 783:
fruges, bacae,
Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 19:
jam ad certas res conficiendas certos homines delectos ac descriptos habebat,
id. Cat. 3, 7, 16:
concilium in diem certam indicere,
Caes. B. G. 1, 30 fin.;
so with dies,
a fixed term, Cato, R. R. 149, 1; Cic. Att. 6, 2, 9; Nep. Chabr. 3, 1; Liv. 1, 50, 1; Tac. G. 9 al.; cf.:
certis diebus,
Verg. G. 2, 329:
quaerere ab judicibus cur in certa verba jurent, cur certo tempore conveniant, certo discedant,
Cic. Inv. 2, 45, 132; cf. Suet. Aug. 41:
certum praefinitumque tempus,
id. Galb. 14; and:
certum statumque vectigal,
id. Calig. 40:
pecunia (opp. arbitraria), v. arbitrarius: finis aerumnarum,
Lucr. 1, 108; cf. id. 2, 512; 8, 1091; Hor. S. 1, 1, 106; id. Ep. 1, 2, 56:
locus,
Caes. B. G. 5, 1, 6:
numerus,
id. ib. 7, 75:
signum,
fixed, agreed upon, id. B. C. 1, 27:
naves,
fixed in number and quality, id. ib. 1, 56:
pecuniae imperabantur,
id. ib. 3, 32 fin.:
conviva,
i. e. a daily, constant guest, Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 75 Schmid:
ecquem tu illo certiorem nebulonem,
Cic. Att. 15, 21, 2.—
b.
But sometimes indef., like quidam, and our certain, of things, the certainty of whose existence is given, but whose nature is not more definitely designated, or comes not into consideration (cf. aliquis):
Cephaloedi mensis est certus, quo mense sacerdotem maximum creari oporteat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 52, § 128:
habet certos sui studiosos,
id. Brut. 16, 64:
(hunc) certis rebus imperatis regnare jussit,
id. Sest. 27, 58:
certi homines ad eam rem periti,
id. ib. 18, 41:
res a certis hominibus corrupta,
id. Fam. 1, 2, 3; 4, 9, 2; 16, 11, 2; id. Marcell. 6, 16; id. Deiot. 4, 11; Liv. 34, 61, 7.—Hence in Quint. several times in connection with quidam and aliquis:
ad certas quasdam dicendi leges alligati,
Quint. 8, prooem. § 2; so id. 8, prooem. § 12; 4, 2, 28; 5, 10, 2; 5, 10, 5; 9, 4, 8;
11, 2, 28: aliquos compositionis certos pedes,
id. 10, 2, 13; so id. 7, prooem. § 4; and subst.:
in his certos aliquos docebit,
id. 2, 8, 13.—
2.
Trop., of things whose internal moral qualities are established, fixed, can be relied upon, sure, unerring, to be depended upon, true, faithful, [p. 321] etc. (so most freq. in all periods and species of composition; syn.: firmus, confirmatus, exploratus, indubitatus, manifestus al.).
a.
Of persons: amicus certus in re incertā cernitur, Enn. ap. Cic. Lael. 17, 64; cf.:
tu ex amicis certis mi es certissimus,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 57:
certi homines, quibus dem litteras,
Cic. Fam. 1, 7, 1; cf. id. Cat. 3, 7, 16; Nep. Paus. 2, 4; id. Alcib. 10, 1; Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 53; id. Verr. 2, 2, 64, § 156:
certus enim promisit Apollo, etc.,
Hor. C. 1, 7, 28:
auctor (mortis),
Quint. 6, 3, 68; cf. Suet. Tib. 5:
adversus hostem nec spe nec animo certiorem, i. e. firmiorem,
Liv. 10, 35, 17: apud latera certos collocaverat, Sall. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 1, 576 (H. 1, 53 Dietsch); cf. Nep. Dion, 9, 2:
per litora certos dimittam,
Verg. A. 1, 576:
certissimus auctor (Phoebus),
id. G. 1, 432.—
b.
Of things:
satis animo certo et confirmato,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77; cf.
pectora,
Verg. A. 9, 249, and certior indoles, Suet. Ner. 10:
promissa,
Cic. Fam. 6, 12, 1:
parata dicendi copia et certa,
Quint. 10, 6, 6; id. 6, prooem. §
9: jus,
id. 12, 3, 6 et saep.:
jactus (telorum),
Tac. A. 14, 37; cf.
in this sense certa hasta,
Verg. A. 11, 767:
sagitta,
Hor. C. 1, 12, 23:
fides segetis,
id. ib. 3, 16, 30:
spes,
id. C. S. 74:
trames,
id. S. 2, 3, 49:
lar,
id. Ep. 1, 7, 58 al.:
plana et certa,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 1:
certa et clara,
Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 1 Ruhnk.; so Liv. 22, 39, 22; cf. Hor. S. 2, 6, 27.—Subst., with gen.:
certa maris,
Tac. H. 4, 81.—
B.
Subject., of that which is established by evidence, etc., placed beyond doubt, certain, sure, true, proved, established (class.; esp. freq. in neutr.):
cum ad has suspitiones certissimae res accederent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 5, 29:
incerta pro certis malebant,
Sall. C. 17, 6; cf.:
incerta pro certis mutare,
id. J. 83, 1:
postremo certior res,
Liv. 29, 6, 12:
certiora esse dicunt quam, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 3, 5, 13; id. Att. 3, 11, 2; Liv. 10, 35, 12: So. Satin hoc certum'st? Ge. Certum:
hisce oculis egomet vidi,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 31:
jam satis certumst virginem vitiatam esse?
id. Enn. 4, 4, 36:
cum certius tibi sit me esse Romae quam mihi te Athenis,
Cic. Att. 1, 9, 1:
id parum certum est,
Liv. 5, 35, 3:
cum de altero intellectu certum est, de altero dubium,
Quint. 7, 6, 3; cf. id. 7, 3, 4: non certum traditur, with interrog.-clause, Liv. 2, 8, 8:
nec quicquam certi respondes mihi?
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 84:
neque tanto spatio certi quid esset explorari poterat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 45:
certum inveniri non potest ne... an,
id. B. C. 1, 25:
si quicquam humanorum certi est,
Liv. 5, 33, 1: Ph. Civemne? Th. Arbitror:
Certum non scimus,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 31; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 98; Cic. Att. 12, 23, 2.—So, certum scire, to know for a certainty, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 12; id. Hec. 3, 1, 44; Cic. Fam. 9, 23 init.:
certum habere,
to reckon certain, id. Att. 1, 13, 1; Liv. 36, 28, 4; 5, 3, 2; Quint. 2, 3, 9; Col. 2, 22, 5 al.:
certum respondeo,
Cic. Ac. 2, 29, 92:
cognoscere, Auct. B. Alex. 53: comperire, Auct. B. Hisp. 22.—So also pro certo habere,
Cic. Att. 10, 6, 3; Matius ap. Cic. Att. 9, 15, A med.; Sall. C. 52, 17; Suet. Dom. 23:
negare,
Cic. Att. 5, 21, 5:
polliceri,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 102:
dicere aliquid,
id. Brut. 3, 10:
ponere,
Liv. 23, 6, 8:
scire,
id. 25, 10, 1:
affirmare,
id. 27, 1, 13; 3, 23, 7; cf. id. 1, 3, 2 Drak.:
creditur,
Sall. C. 15, 2:
coeperit esse,
Quint. 5, 12, 2:
certius cognoscere ex aliquo de aliquā re,
Caes. B. G. 5, 52, 5.—Strengthened by comp.:
quin nihil invenies magis hoc certo certius,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 111; cf.:
et hoc certo certius est et saepissime constitutum,
Dig. 42, 8, 10, § 14:
certo certius,
Ambros. in Ephes. 5; Paul. Vit. St. Ambros. 25; App. M. 9, p. 237, 27.—In Plaut. certum or certius facere alicui, to give certainty to one concerning any thing, make him certain, Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 17; 5, 2, 12; id. Ps. 2, 2, 4.—
2.
Transf. to the person who is made certain in reference to a thing, certain, sure:
certi sumus periisse omnia,
Cic. Att. 2, 19, 5:
num quid nunc es certior?
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 191:
posteritatis,
i. e. of posthumous fame, Plin. Ep. 9, 3, 1:
sententiae,
Quint. 4, 3, 8:
judicii,
Sen. Ep. 45, 9:
certus de suā geniturā,
Suet. Vesp. 25:
damnationis,
id. Tib. 61:
exitii,
Tac. A. 1, 27:
spei,
id. H. 4, 3:
matrimonii,
id. A. 12, 3:
certi sumus, etc.,
Gell. 18, 10, 5.—In class. prose mostly in the phrase certiorem facere aliquem (de aliquā re, alicujus rei, with a foll, acc. and inf., with a rel.-clause or absol.), to inform, apprise one of a thing:
me certiorem face,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 69:
ut nos facias certiores,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 2, 32:
uti se (sc. Caesarem) de his rebus certiorem faciant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2:
qui certiorem me sui consilii fecit,
Cic. Att. 9, 2, a, 2:
Caesarem certiorem faciunt, sese non facile ab oppidis vim hostium prohibere,
Caes. B. G. 1, 11:
faciam te certiorem quid egerim,
Cic. Att. 3, 11, 1.— With subj. only:
milites certiores facit, paulisper intermitterent proelium,
Caes. B. G. 3, 5 fin. — Pass.:
quod crebro certior per me fias de omnibus rebus,
Cic. Fam. 1, 7, 1; so Caes. B. G. 1, 7; Sall. J. 104, 1:
Caesar certior factus est, tres jam copiarum partes Helvetios id flumen transduxisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 12; so id. ib. 1, 21; 1, 41; 2, 1; Sall. J. 82, 2; Nep. Att. 12, 3:
factus certior, quae res gererentur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 15:
non consulibus certioribus factis,
Liv. 45, 21, 4.—Also in posit., though rarely:
fac me certum quid tibi est,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 16; 4, 6, 35; Verg. A. 3, 179:
lacrimae suorum Tam subitae matrem certam fecere ruinae,
Ov. M. 6, 268.— Hence, adv. in two forms.
A.
certō, with certainty, certainly, surely, of a truth, in fact, really, object. and subject. (cf. supra, II. A. and B.); only in the comic poets, and sometimes (most. freq. in his epistt.) in Cic., while the adverbial form certe belongs to all periods and all species of composition. The difference between them is, perhaps, merely historical; but v. infra, certe, B. I. 2. init.
1.
Object.:
perii certo, haud arbitrario,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 5, 42; cf. id. Merc. 2, 3, 106:
mihi certo nomen Sosia'st,
id. Am. 1, 1, 176; id. Men. 2, 2, 39; Ter. Phorm. 1, 3, 12:
nihil ita exspectare quasi certo futurum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 28, 81 (cf. the passage cited under certo, I. 1., from id. Div. 2, 7, 18).—
b.
In affirm. answers: Me. Liberum ego te jussi abire? Mes. Certo, yes, certainly, Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 9; so id. ib. 5, 9, 50; 2, 3, 38; id. Poen. 5, 5, 21; Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 9.—
2.
Subject.
a.
In gen. (very rare):
certo enim ego vocem hic loquentis modo mi audire visus sum,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 5, 4:
ego rus abituram me esse certo decrevi,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 10: Th. Quid aīs? Py. Atqui certo comperi, id. Eun. 5, 1, 9.—
b.
Esp. in the formula of asseveration, certo scio, I certainly know, I am fully persuaded, beyond all doubt (class.):
certo edepol scio, me vidisse, etc.,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 2; id. Truc. 1, 1, 49; Ter. And. 5, 4, 26; id. Ad. 4, 5, 14; id. Eun. 1, 2, 119; id. Heaut. 1, 1, 19:
quod te moleste ferre certo scio,
Cic. Att. 1, 12, 3; 2, 23, 2; id. Fam. 4, 13, 6; id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 2, § 6; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 21; id. Phil. 3, 6, 17; id. Sen. 1, 1; 1, 2; Sall. J. 9, 2; id. C. 51, 16:
veniunt in mentem mihi permulta: vobis plura, certo scio,
Cic. Caecin. 19, 55 (cf. under certe, I. 2.).—
B.
certē (class.; cf. supra, certo init.).
I.
Affirming strongly, with certainty, certainly, undoubtedly, assuredly, surely, really.
1.
Object.:
certe edepol, tu me alienabis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 243:
ego quidem ab hoc certe exorabo,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 58:
certe hercle,
id. As. 2, 1, 15; cf. Ter. Phorm. 5, 1, 8; Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 71; Ter. And. 2, 2, 10:
quom is certe Renuntiarit,
id. Heaut. 4, 4, 4:
certe captus est!
id. And. 1, 1, 55:
certe ut videamur cernere eum,
Lucr. 4, 760:
si enim scit, certe illud eveniet: sin certe eveniet, nulla fortuna est,
Cic. Div. 2, 7, 18; cf. id. N. D. 1, 2, 5:
fuit certe id aequum et certe exspectatum est, etc.,
id. Planc. 16, 38:
ea certe vera sunt,
id. Mil. 35, 96:
M. Catoni certe licuit, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:
jam illa perfugia certe minime sunt audienda,
id. ib. 1, 5, 9:
cum se certe decessurum videret,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 44, § 104; Cat. 62, 8:
certe hinc Romanos olim fore ductores pollicitus,
Verg. A. 1, 234:
o dea certe,
a goddess surely, id. ib. 1, 328:
postremo expellet certe vivacior heres,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 132:
placuit tibi, Delphice, certe, Dum, etc.,
Ov. M. 2, 543 al. — Comp.:
speculatores mittere, qui certius explorata referant,
Liv. 3, 40, 13; 35, 48, 3:
si reperire vocas amittere certius,
Ov. M. 5, 519; App. M. 2, p. 118, 1.— Sup., Tert. Pall. 4.—
b.
In an answer of affirmation:
estne ipsus an non est! Is est, Certe is est, is est profecto,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 65; so Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53; Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 9; id. Clu. 54, 149; id. Phil. 1, 15, 37; id. Ac. 2, 35, 113; and in confirmation of a preceding fact: venerat, ut opinor, haec res in judicium. Certe, certainly, surely, Cic. Rosc. Com. 14, 42; id. Fam. 4, 2, 5; id. Or. 42, 144; cf. id. Off. 3, 29, 105; id. Fin. 2, 27, 91.—
2.
Subject., mostly in the phrase certe scio, I know to a certainty, I am sure (acc. to Klotz ad Cic. Sen. 1, 2, certe scio = certum est me scire, I am fully convinced: certo scio = certum est quod scio, my knowledge is accurate, etc.):
certe edepol scio, si aliud quicquam est quod credam aut certo sciam, etc.,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 115:
edepol certo scio,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 20:
scelestiorem me hac anu certe scio Vidisse numquam,
id. Aul. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. Arch. 12, 32:
ex litteris certe scire potuistis,
id. Font. 4, 8; id. Phil. 12, 12, 29:
quod iste certe statuerat ac deliberaverat non adesse,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 1.—
b.
In affirm. answers: Ar. Ain' vero? Le. Certe, inquam, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 132: Ch. Ain'tu? So. Certe, sic erit, Ter. Heaut. 5, 3, 12.—
c.
In a subjective supposition or presumption that a thing is so, certainly, surely, assuredly, doubtless, of course; Gr. isôs:
ah nugas agis, Certe habes,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 25; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 58:
si me tanti facis, quanti certe facis,
Cic. Fam. 11, 16, 3; 7, 8, 1; cf. Verg. A. 1, 234; Ov. M. 2, 423; Prop. 2, 7, 1. —
(β).
In interrog., Cic. Leg. 1, 1, 3; Suet. Aug. 33.—
II.
Affirming with restriction, yet surely, yet indeed, at least, notwithstanding (very freq. in prose and poetry, esp. after the class. per.).
A.
Alone:
si non ipsā re tibi istuc dolet, Simulare certe est hominis,
Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 16:
cingitur, certe expedit se,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 152:
ut homines mortem vel optare incipiant, vel certe timere desistant,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49, 117:
haec... sint falsa sane, invidiosa certe non sunt,
id. Ac. 2, 32, 105:
qui... ut non referat pedem, sistet certe,
id. Phil. 12, 4, 8:
res fortasse verae, certe graves,
id. Fin. 4, 3, 7; cf. Liv. 9, 11, 13:
consulatum unum certe plebis Romanae esse,
id. 22, 34, 11:
quos quoniam caeli nondum dignamur honore, Quas dedimus certe terras habitare sinamus,
Ov. M. 1, 195 et saep.:
quo quid sit beatius, mihi certe in mentem venire non potest,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 28, 81; so,
ego certe,
Quint. 8, 3, 65; 9, 4, 57:
certe ego,
Sall. J. 31, 5; Ov. H. 19, 81; id. M. 13, 840; id. Tr. 4, 5, 13:
mihi certe,
Quint. 10, 3, 23:
ipse certe,
id. 8, 6, 30; Curt. 7, 4, 19; 7, 6, 22.—
B.
With other particles.
1.
With tamen:
illud certe tamen, quod jam amplexi sumus,
Cic. de Or. 3, 6, 22; id. Sen. 23, 84.—
2.
With at: quod (consilium) si non fuerit prudens, at certe ab optima fide proficiscetur, Balb. et opp. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, A, 1; Ov. F. 3, 351; cf. at II. 3.—
3.
With sed: non integrā re, sed certe minus infractā, quam, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 10, 8; cf. Cic. Leg. 1, 21, 56 dub. B. and K. —
4.
With quidem:
ubi sit animus, certe quidem in te est,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
quoniam volumus quidem certe senes fieri,
id. Sen. 2, 6; id. Quint. 15, 50:
certe quidem vos estis Romani, etc.,
Liv. 45, 22, 5. (But quidem does not belong with certe in such passages as the foll.:
hic quidem certe memorat, etc.,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 261 al.; v. quidem; cf. also aut and vel.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > certus
10 tiempo libre

m.

spare time, time off, leisure, free time.

* * *

tiempo libre

free time

* * *

spare time, free time

* * *

(n.) = leisure, leisure time, free time, idle hours, spare time

Ex. We are too prone to be dummy people by day, and thinking, articulate individuals only in the safety of home and leisure.

Ex. However, from the sixties, competition for the railway worker's leisure time from public libraries, service clubs and the humble television meant that many branch libraries fell into disuse.

Ex. On the other hand, a prolonged sequence of interviews can be equally stressful, and 'free time' should be interspersed with the successive appointments.

Ex. A little later in the same document, in a passage dealing in a rather smug way with the then infant county libraries we read that the purpose of such libraries should be to relieve the tedium of idle hours quite irrespective of intellectual profit or educational gain.

Ex. This paper considers the lawsuit brought against a police officer in the Kent Constabulary, UK, who worked in his spare time for a debt collection agency and used the Police National Computer to retrieve information concerning the owner of a motor vehicle.

* * *

spare time, free time

* * *

(n.) = leisure, leisure time, free time, idle hours, spare time

Ex: We are too prone to be dummy people by day, and thinking, articulate individuals only in the safety of home and leisure.

Ex: However, from the sixties, competition for the railway worker's leisure time from public libraries, service clubs and the humble television meant that many branch libraries fell into disuse.

Ex: On the other hand, a prolonged sequence of interviews can be equally stressful, and 'free time' should be interspersed with the successive appointments.

Ex: A little later in the same document, in a passage dealing in a rather smug way with the then infant county libraries we read that the purpose of such libraries should be to relieve the tedium of idle hours quite irrespective of intellectual profit or educational gain.

Ex: This paper considers the lawsuit brought against a police officer in the Kent Constabulary, UK, who worked in his spare time for a debt collection agency and used the Police National Computer to retrieve information concerning the owner of a motor vehicle.

* * *

tiempo libre

spare time, free time

Spanish-English dictionary > tiempo libre
11 segreto

1. adj secret

2. m secret

segreto professionale confidentiality

* * *

segreto s.m.

1 secret: il segreto della confessione, the secret of the confessional; i segreti della natura, the secrets of nature; il segreto del successo, della felicità, the secret of success, of happiness; mi confidò un segreto, he entrusted me with a secret; custodire, mantenere, tenere un segreto, to keep a secret; lasciarsi sfuggire un segreto, to let the cat out of the bag; non aver segreti per nessuno, to have no secrets for anybody; rivelare un segreto, to disclose a secret; tradire un segreto, to betray a secret // in segreto, in secrecy (o confidentially): ciò mi fu detto in segreto, I was told about it confidentially; dire qlco. a qlcu. in ( gran) segreto, to tell s.o. sthg. as a (great) secret // strappare un segreto di bocca a qlcu., to make s.o. reveal a secret // un segreto di Pulcinella, an open secret // segreto industriale, commerciale, industrial, trade secret; segreto di fabbricazione, secret of manufacture; segreto epistolare, secrecy of correspondence; segreto professionale, professional secret (o secrecy); violazione del segreto professionale, breach of professional secrecy; segreto d'ufficio, official secret; segreto bancario, banking secret; segreto di stato, State (o official) secret

2 ( intimità) secrecy; depth: nel segreto della propria stanza, in the secrecy of one's room

3 ( l'intimo) depths (pl.): nel segreto del cuore, in the depths of one's heart; sembrava sereno, ma nel segreto soffriva, he seemed happy, but deep down he was suffering; chissà a cosa pensa nel segreto del suo animo, who knows what is going on in the depths of his soul (o deep down)

4 ( congegno di cassaforte) combination.

segreto agg.

1 secret: colloquio segreto, secret talk; fondi segreti, ( dello Stato) secret funds; matrimonio segreto, secret marriage; passaggio segreto, secret passage; pensieri, sentimenti segreti, inmost (o secret) thoughts, feelings; porta segreta, secret door; scrutinio segreto, secret vote; agente segreto, secret agent // i servizi segreti sono sotto accusa, the secret services are under investigation // società segreta, secret society // tener segreto, to keep secret: tieni segreta questa notizia, keep this news close (o secret)

2 ( discreto) discreet: è un uomo segreto, he is a discreet man.

* * *
[se'ɡreto] segreto (-a)
1. agg

(gen) secret, (documenti) confidential, secret

tenere segreto qc — to keep sth secret

passaggio segreto — secret passage

2. sm

(gen) secret

in segreto — in secret, secretly, (in confidenza) in confidence

mantenere o tenere un segreto — to keep a secret

sai mantenere un segreto? — can you keep a secret?

il segreto professionale — professional secrecy

un segreto professionale — a professional secret

il segreto di Pulcinella — an open secret

il segreto del successo — the secret of o key to success

nel segreto dell'animo — in the depths of one's soul, deep down

* * *
I [se'greto]
aggettivo

1) secret

tenere segreto qcs. — to keep sth. secret (a qcn. from sb.)

agente segreto — secret agent

società -a — secret society

arma -a — secret weapon (anche fig.)

2) [passaggio, meccanismo] secret; [porta, scala] secret, concealed

3) (intimo) secret

nutrire la -a speranza di... — to entertain the secret hope of
II [se'greto]
sostantivo maschile

1) secret

mantenere, svelare un segreto — to keep, to reveal o disclose a secret

confidare un segreto a qcn. — to confide o tell a secret to sb.

non avere -i per qcn. — to have no secrets from sb.

non è un segreto per nessuno — it's no secret ( che that)

i -i del mestiere — the tricks of the trade

per lui la meccanica non ha -i — mechanics holds no secrets for him

il segreto della felicità — the secret of o the key to happiness

il segreto del suo successo — the secret of his success

2) (riserbo) secrecy

in segreto — in secret, in secrecy

fare qcs. in gran segreto — to do sth. in great o strict secrecy

nel segreto del tuo cuore — (intimo) in your heart of hearts

•

segreto bancario — bank confidentiality, banking secrecy

segreto epistolare — secrecy of correspondence

segreto industriale — industrial secret

segreto istruttorio — = secrecy concerning a preliminary investigation

segreto professionale — professional confidentiality

segreto di Pulcinella — open secret

segreto di stato — pol. state secret

* * *

segreto¹

/se'greto/

aggettivo

1 secret; tenere segreto qcs. to keep sth. secret (a qcn. from sb.); agente segreto secret agent; società -a secret society; arma -a secret weapon (anche fig.)

2 [passaggio, meccanismo] secret; [porta, scala] secret, concealed

3 (intimo) secret; nutrire la -a speranza di... to entertain the secret hope of...

————————

segreto²

/se'greto/

sostantivo m.

1 secret; mantenere, svelare un segreto to keep, to reveal o disclose a secret; confidare un segreto a qcn. to confide o tell a secret to sb.; non avere -i per qcn. to have no secrets from sb.; non è un segreto per nessuno it's no secret ( che that); i -i del mestiere the tricks of the trade; per lui la meccanica non ha -i mechanics holds no secrets for him; il segreto della felicità the secret of o the key to happiness; il segreto del suo successo the secret of his success

2 (riserbo) secrecy; in segreto in secret, in secrecy; fare qcs. in gran segreto to do sth. in great o strict secrecy; nel segreto del tuo cuore (intimo) in your heart of hearts

COMPOUNDS

segreto bancario bank confidentiality, banking secrecy; segreto epistolare secrecy of correspondence; segreto industriale industrial secret; segreto istruttorio = secrecy concerning a preliminary investigation; segreto professionale professional confidentiality; segreto di Pulcinella open secret; segreto di stato pol. state secret.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > segreto
12 droit

I.

droit¹, e¹ [dʀwa, dʀwat]

1. adjective

right

• du côté droit on the right-hand side ; → bras

2. masculine noun

(Boxing) ( = poing) crochet du droit right hook

3. feminine noun

droite

   a. (opposé à la gauche) la droite the right

• à droite on the right ; (direction) to the right

• à ma droite on my right

• le tiroir/chemin de droite the right-hand drawer/path

• à droite de la fenêtre to the right of the window

• de droite à gauche from right to left

• il a couru à droite et à gauche pour se renseigner he tried everywhere to get some information

   b. (sur route) rouler à droite to drive on the right

• garder or tenir sa droite to keep to the right

   c. (Politics) la droite the right wing

• candidat/idées de droite right-wing candidate/ideas

• un homme de droite a man of the right

• membre de la droite right-winger

II.

droit², e² [dʀwa, dʀwat]

1. adjective

   a. ( = sans déviation, non courbe) [barre, ligne, route, nez] straight

• ça fait 4 km en ligne droite it's 4km as the crow flies ; → coup

   b. ( = vertical, non penché) [arbre, mur] straight

• ce tableau n'est pas droit this picture isn't straight

• tiens ta tasse droite hold your cup straight

• être or se tenir droit comme un i to stand bolt upright

• tiens-toi droit (debout) stand up straight ; (assis) sit up straight

   c. ( = honnête, loyal) [personne] upright

2. feminine noun

droite ( = ligne) straight line

3. adverb

[viser, couper, marcher] straight

• aller/marcher droit devant soi to go/walk straight ahead

• c'est droit devant vous it's right in front of you

• aller droit à la faillite to be heading straight for bankruptcy

• aller droit au but or au fait to go straight to the point

III.

droit³ [dʀwa]

1. masculine noun

   a. ( = prérogative) right

• le droit des peuples à disposer d'eux-mêmes the right of peoples to self-determination

• droit de pêche/chasse fishing/hunting rights

• le droit au logement the right to have somewhere to live

• droit du sang/du sol right to nationality based on parentage/on place of birth

• avoir le droit de faire qch (simple permission, possibilité) to be allowed to do sth ; (autorisation juridique) to have the right to do sth

• avoir droit à [+ allocation] to be entitled to

• il a eu droit à une bonne raclée (inf: humorous) he got a good hiding (inf)

• avoir (le) droit de vie ou de mort sur to have power of life and death over

• avoir droit de regard sur [+ documents] to have the right to examine ; [+ affaires, décision] to have a say in

• avoir des droits sur to have rights over

• cette carte vous donne droit à des places gratuites this card entitles you to free seats

• être en droit de faire qch to be entitled to do sth

• être dans son droit to be within one's rights

• c'est votre droit you are perfectly entitled to do so

• de quel droit est-il entré ? what right did he have to come in?

   b. (Law) le droit law

• faire son droit (University) to study law

• droit civil/pénal civil/criminal law

• droit écrit statute law

• droit des affaires company law

   c. ( = taxe) droit d'entrée entrance fee

• droits d'inscription/d'enregistrement enrolment/registration fee

2. compounds

► droit d'asile right of asylum

► droit d'auteur ( = propriété artistique, littéraire) copyright

• droits d'auteur ( = rémunération) royalties ► droit de cité

• avoir droit de cité parmi/dans to be established among/in ► droits civils civil rights

► droits civiques civic rights

► droit commun

• condamné/délit de droit commun common law criminal/crime ► droits de douane customs duties

► les droits de la femme women's rights

► le droit de grève the right to strike

► les droits de l'homme human rights

► droit à l'image privacy rights concerning the publication of one's photograph

► droit de passage right of way

► droit de propriété right of property

► droits de reproduction reproduction rights

• « tous droits (de reproduction) réservés » "all rights reserved" ► droits de succession inheritance tax

► droit de visite (right of) access

► le droit de vote the right to vote

* * *

1.

droite dʀwɑ, ɑt adjectif

1) (pas courbe, pas tordu) [ligne, route, barre, cheveux, mur, nez] straight; ( pas penché) [écriture] up-and-down

se tenir droit — ( debout) to stand up straight; ( assis) to sit up straight

s'écarter du droit chemin — fig to stray from the straight and narrow

descendre en droite ligne de — to be a direct descendant of

2) ( contraire de gauche) right

3) ( honnête) [personne] straight, upright; [vie] blameless

4) ( sensé) [jugement] sound

5) ( en couture) [jupe] straight; [veste] single-breasted

6) Mathématique [cône, angle, prisme] right

2.

adverbe [aller, rouler] straight

continuez tout droit — carry straight on

aller droit au but or fait — fig to go straight to the point

aller droit à la catastrophe — to be heading straight for disaster

ça m'est allé droit au cœur — fig it really touched me

marcher or filer (colloq) droit — fig to toe the line

venir tout droit de — [expression, citation] to come straight out of [auteur, œuvre]

3.

nom masculin

1) ( prérogative) right

avoir des droits sur quelqu'un/quelque chose — to have rights over somebody/something

de quel droit est-ce que tu me juges? — what gives you the right to judge me?

être dans son (bon) droit — to be within one's rights

de (plein) droit — by right(s)

de droit divin — by divine right

cela leur revient de droit — it's theirs by right

avoir droit à — to have the right to [liberté, nationalité]; to be entitled to [bourse, indemnité]

il a eu droit à une amende — iron he got a fine

avoir le droit de faire — ( la permission) to be allowed to do; (selon la morale, la justice) to have the right to do

avoir le droit de vie ou de mort sur quelqu'un — to have (the) power of life and death over somebody

il s'imagine qu'il a tous les droits — he thinks he can do whatever he likes

être en droit de — to be entitled to

à bon droit — [se plaindre] with good reason

‘à qui de droit’ — ‘to whom it may concern’

j'en parlerai à qui de droit — (colloq) I'll speak to the appropriate person

faire droit à — to grant [requête]

2) Droit ( ensemble de lois) law

faire son droit — to study law

3) ( redevance) fee

droit d'inscription — registration fee

4) ( en boxe) right

direct du droit — straight right

crochet/uppercut du droit — right hook/uppercut

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- droit d'aînesse

- droit d'antenne

- droit de cité

- droit commun

- droit d'entrée

- droit de passage

- droit de port

- droit de propriété

- droit de regard

- droit de timbre

- droit de vote

- droits d'auteur

- droits civiques

- droits de douane

- les droits de l'homme

- droits de succession

••

se tenir droit comme un i or un piquet — to hold oneself very erect

* * *
dʀwa droit, -e
1. adj

1) (= non courbe) straight

une ligne droite — a straight line

tiens-toi droite! — stand up straight!

2) (= loyal, franc) upright, straight

3) (= opposé à gauche) right

le bras droit — the right arm

le côté droit — the right-hand side

2. adv

straight

aller droit au but — to get straight to the point

tout droit — straight on

3. nm

1) (= prérogative) right

avoir le droit de — to be allowed to

On n'a pas le droit de fumer à l'école. — We're not allowed to smoke at school.

avoir droit à qch — to be entitled to sth

être en droit de — to have a right to, to have the right to

être dans son droit — to be within one's rights

à bon droit (= justement) — with good reason

de quel droit? — by what right?

à qui de droit — to whom it may concern

avoir droit de cité fig — to belong

See:

droit de regard,

droit de réponse,

droit de véto,

droit de visite

2) (= lois, sujet)

le droit — law

un étudiant en droit — a law student

faire son droit — to study law

See:

droit civil,

droit commercial,

droit communautaire,

droit constitutionnel,

droit coutumier,

droit criminel,

droit des affaires,

droit fiscal,

droit international,

commun,

divin

3) (= poing)

un coup du droit — a punch with his right fist

4) (= taxe) duty, tax, [inscription] fee

4. droits nmpl

1) (= prérogatives) rights

Je connais mes droits! — I know my rights!

avoir les mêmes droits que qn — to have the same rights as sb

les droits fondamentaux — basic rights

See:

droits de l'homme,

droits civiques

2) (= somme d'argent)

See:

droits d'auteur,

droits télévisuels,

droits cinématographiques,

droits de douane,

droits d'inscription

5. nf

1) (= ligne) straight line

2) BOXE (= coup) right

3) (= opposé à gauche) right

à droite (position) — on the right, (direction) right, to the right

à droite de — to the right of

sur votre droite — on your right

4) POLITIQUE right, right wing

de droite — right-wing

* * *

droit, droite ⇒ Les itinéraires

A adj

1 (pas courbe, pas tordu) [ligne, route, barre, cheveux, mur, tour, nez] straight; ( pas penché) [cône, cylindre, prisme] right; [écriture] up-and-down; le tableau n'est pas droit the picture isn't straight; se tenir droit ( debout) to stand up straight; ( assis) to sit up straight; tenir qch droit to hold sth straight; le droit chemin fig the straight and narrow; s'écarter du droit chemin to stray from the straight and narrow; descendre en droite ligne de to be a direct descendant of;

2 ( contraire de gauche) right; le côté droit the right side; du côté droit on the right(-hand) side;

3 ( honnête) [personne] straight, upright; [vie] blameless;

4 ( sensé) [jugement] sound;

5 Mode [jupe] straight; [veste] single-breasted;

6 Math right.

B adv [aller, rouler] straight; droit devant straight ahead; se diriger droit vers to make straight for, to make a beeline for○; la voiture venait droit sur nous the car was coming straight at us; continuez tout droit carry straight on; file tout droit à la maison go straight home; aller droit au but or fait fig to go straight to the point; aller droit à la catastrophe to be heading straight for disaster; ça m'est allé droit au cœur fig it really touched me; marcher droit lit to walk straight; marcher or filer○ droit to toe the line; regarder qn droit dans les yeux to look sb straight in the eye; venir tout droit de [expression, citation] to come straight out of [auteur, œuvre]; je reviens tout droit de chez elle/de l'exposition I've come straight from her place/the exhibition.

C nm

1 ( prérogative) right; connaître/faire valoir ses droits to know/assert one's rights; avoir des droits sur qn/qch to have rights over sb/sth; de quel droit est-ce que tu me juges? what gives you the right to judge me?; être dans son (bon) droit, avoir le droit pour soi or de son côté to be within one's rights; de (plein) droit by right(s); de droit divin [monarque, monarchie] by divine right; cela leur revient de droit it's theirs by right; c'est tout à fait ton droit you have every right to do so, you're perfectly entitled to do so; avoir droit à to have the right to [liberté, nationalité]; to be entitled to, to be eligible for [bourse, indemnité]; vous avez droit à une boisson chacun you're allowed one drink each; les spectateurs ont eu droit à un beau match the spectators were treated to a fine game; on a eu droit à ses souvenirs de régiment iron he treated us to stories about his army days; il a eu droit à une amende iron he got a fine; avoir le droit de faire ( la permission) to be allowed to do; (selon la morale, la justice) to have the right to do; elle n'a pas le droit de sortir le soir she isn't allowed to go out at night; j'ai quand même le droit de poser une question! iron I suppose I am allowed to ask a question?; j'ai le droit de savoir I've got a right to know; elle n'a pas le droit de me juger/d'exiger ça de moi she has no right to judge me/to demand that of me; avoir le droit de vie ou de mort sur qn to have (the) power of life and death over sb; il s'imagine qu'il a tous les droits he thinks he can do whatever he likes; être en droit de to be entitled to; on est en droit de se demander si… we are entitled ou we have every right to wonder if…; ça te donne droit à… it entitles you to…; à bon droit [se plaindre, protester] with good reason; ‘à qui de droit’ ‘to whom it may concern’; j'en parlerai à qui de droit○ I'll speak to the appropriate person; faire droit à to grant [demande, requête];

2 Jur ( ensemble de lois) law; le droit français/anglais French/English law; faire son droit to study law; étudiant en droit law student;

3 ( redevance) fee; acquitter/percevoir un droit to pay/receive a fee; droit d'inscription registration fee; passible de droit dutiable;

4 ( en boxe) right; direct du droit straight right; crochet/uppercut du droit right hook/uppercut.

D droite nf

1 ( opposé à gauche) la droite the right; la porte de droite the door on the right; être/rouler à droite to be/to drive on the right; tourner à droite to turn right; tenir sa droite Aut to keep (to the) right; à ta droite, sur ta droite on your right; à droite de to the right of; deuxième couloir à droite second corridor on the right; il ne connaît pas sa droite de sa gauche he can't tell (his) right from (his) left; demander à droite et à gauche ( partout) to ask everywhere ou all over the place; ( à tous) to ask everybody; être critiqué de droite et de gauche to be criticized from all sides ou by everybody;

2 Pol right; voter à droite to vote for the right; de droite [parti, personne, gouvernement] right-wing; être à or de droite to be right-wing;

3 Math straight line.

Composés

droit administratif administrative law; droit aérien Jur air law; droit des affaires Jur company law GB, corporate law US; droit d'aînesse Jur birthright, primogeniture; droit d'antenne broadcasting right; droit d'asile Pol right of asylum; droit au bail right to the lease; droit canon Jur canon law; droit de cité Jur (right of) citizenship; fig acceptance; acquérir droit de cité fig to gain acceptance; avoir droit de cité to be accepted; donner droit de cité à to accept; droit civil Jur civil law; droit commercial commercial law; droit commun ( prisonnier) nonpolitical; de droit commun [prisonnier] nonpolitical, ordinary; [[taux, régime] ordinary; droit constitutionnel Jur constitutional law; droit coutumier Jur common law; droit écrit Jur statute law; droit d'entrée Comm, Fisc import duty; ( pour une personne) entrance fee; droit d'étalage Comm, Fisc stallage; droit fil Cout straight grain; fig main line; dans le droit fil de fig in line with; droit fiscal Jur tax law; droit de grâce Jur right of reprieve; droit de grève Pol right to strike; droit immobilier Jur property law; droit international Jur international law; droit maritime Jur maritime law; droit de passage Jur right of way GB, easement US; droit pénal Jur criminal law; droit de port Fisc port dues; droit de poursuite Jur right of action; droit de préemption right of preemption; droit privé Jur private law; droit de propriété right of possession; droit public Jur public law; droit de recours Jur right of appeal; droit de regard Fin right of inspection; gén avoir droit de regard sur to have a say in; droit de réponse right of reply; droit de rétention lien; droit du sang right to citizenship by virtue of kinship; droit social Jur labour^GB law; droit du sol right to citizenship by virtue of birth in a country; droit de timbre Fisc stamp duty; droit du travail Jur labour^GB law; droit d'usage Jur customary right; droit de veto right of veto; droit de visite Jur right of access; droit de vote Pol right to vote; droits d'auteur Édition royalties; droits civiques Pol civil rights; droits de douane Comm, Fisc customs duties; les droits de l'homme human rights; droits de quai Fisc wharfage; droits de reproduction reproduction rights; tous droits de reproduction réservés all rights reserved; droits de succession Fisc inheritance tax; droits de tirage spéciaux, DTS Fisc special drawing rights, SDR.

Idiome

se tenir droit comme un i or un piquet to hold oneself very erect ou upright.

I

( féminin droite) [drwa, drwat] adjectif

1. [rectiligne - allée, bâton, nez] straight

rentrer dans le droit chemin to mend one's ways

rester dans le droit chemin to keep to the straight and narrow (path)

2. [vertical, non penché - mur] upright, straight, plumb (terme spécialisé) ; [ - dossier, poteau] upright, straight

restez le dos bien droit keep your back straight

être ou se tenir droit

a. [assis] to sit up straight

b. [debout] to stand up straight

droit comme un cierge ou un i ou un piquet (as) stiff as a poker ou a ramrod ou a post

3. [d'aplomb] straight

4. [loyal - personne] upright, honest

5. [sensé - raisonnement] sound, sane

6. [vêtement]

manteau/veston droit single-breasted coat/jacket

col droit stand-up collar

jupe droite straight skirt

————————

adverbe

[écrire] in a straight line

[couper, rouler] straight (adverbe)

après le carrefour, c'est toujours tout droit after the crossroads, keep going straight on ou ahead

aller droit à: j'irai droit au but I'll come straight to the point, I won't beat about the bush

il est allé droit à l'essentiel ou au fait he went straight to the point

aller droit à la catastrophe/l'échec to be heading straight for disaster/a failure

ça m'est allé droit au cœur it went straight to my heart

————————

droite nom féminin

GÉOMÉTRIE straight line

II

( féminin droite) [drwa, drwat] adjectif

[ailier, jambe, œil] right

le côté droit the right-hand side

————————

nom masculin

right

crochet du droit right hook

————————

droite nom féminin

1. [côté droit]

la droite the right (side), the right-hand side

tenir sa droite AUTOMOBILE to keep to the right

de droite et de gauche from all quarters ou sides

2. POLITIQUE

la droite the right wing

————————

à droite locution adverbiale

1. [du côté droit]

conduire à droite to drive on the right-hand side

tourne à droite turn right

le poster est trop à droite the poster's too far to the right

à droite et à gauche (figuré) here and there, hither and thither (littéraire & humoristique), all over the place

2. MILITAIRE

à droite, droite! right wheel!

3. POLITIQUE

être à droite to be right-wing ou on the right

————————

à droite de locution prépositionnelle

to ou on the right of

————————

de droite locution adjectivale

1. [du côté droit]

la porte de droite the door on the right, the right-hand door

2. POLITIQUE

les gens de droite rightwingers, people on the right

être de droite to be right-wing

III

[drwa] nom masculin

1. DROIT

le droit [lois, discipline] law

faire son droit to study law

étudiant en droit law student

avoir le droit pour soi to have right ou the law on one's side

droit civil/commercial/constitutionnel civil/commercial/constitutional law

droit commun ou coutumier common law

droit international international law

droit pénal criminal law

droit privé/public private/public law

point de droit point of law

2. [prérogative particulière] right

avoir des droits sur quelque chose to have rights to something

tu n'as aucun droit sur moi you have no power over me

droit d'aînesse primogeniture

droit d'asile right of asylum

droit d'association right of (free) association

droits civiques civil rights

droit de cuissage HISTOIRE droit de seigneur

dans cette entreprise, le droit de cuissage est monnaie courante sexual harassment is very common in this company

de droit divin by divine right

droit de grâce right of reprieve

droit de grève right to strike

les droits de l'homme human rights

droit de passage right of way (UK) ou easement (US)

le droit des peuples à disposer d'eux-mêmes the right of peoples to self-determination

droit de préemption pre-emptive right

droit de visite right of access

droit de voirietax paid by businesses who wish to place displays, signs etc. on the public highway

le droit de vote (the) franchise, the right to vote

avoir droit de cité [idéologie] to be established, to have currency

ils se croient tous les droits, ces gens-là! these people think they can do what they like!

3. [autorisation sociale ou morale] right

de quel droit l'a-t-il lue? what gave him the right to read it?, what right had he to read it?

donner droit à: le billet donne droit à une consommation gratuite the ticket entitles you to one free drink

donner le droit à quelqu'un de faire quelque chose to give somebody the right to ou to entitle somebody to do something

être en droit de faire to be entitled ou to have the right to do

je suis en droit d'obtenir des explications I'm entitled to an explanation

reprendre ses droits [idée, habitude, nature] to reassert itself

avoir droit à

a. [explications] to be entitled to

b. [bourse, indemnité] to be entitled to, to be eligible for

c. [reconnaissance, respect] to deserve

on a encore eu droit à ses souvenirs de guerre! we were regaled with his war memories as usual!

on va avoir droit à une bonne saucée! (familier) we'll get well and truly soaked!

avoir droit de regard sur

a. [comptabilité, dossier] to have the right to examine ou to inspect

b. [activités] to have the right to control

avoir le droit de faire

a. [généralement] to be allowed ou to have the right to do

b. [officiellement] to have the right ou to be entitled to do

tu n'as pas le droit de parler ainsi! you've no right to talk like that!

j'ai bien le droit de me reposer! I'm entitled to some rest, aren't I?

le droit à la différence the right to be different

droit de réponse right of reply

4. [impôt, taxe] duty, tax

exempt de droits duty-free

droit au bail tax on rented accommodation (usually included in the rent)

droits de douane customs duties

droits de succession death duties

5. [frais] fee

droit d'enregistrement registration fee (for legal documents)

droit d'entrée entrance fee

droits d'inscription registration fee ou fees

6. (locution)

à qui de droit to whom it may concern

dans mon/son (bon) droit within my/his rights

de (plein) droit by rights, as a right

membre de plein droit ex officio member

————————

droits nom masculin pluriel

1. droit

droits (d'auteur)

a. [prérogative] rights, copyright

b. [somme] royalties

avoir les droits exclusifs pour to have (the) sole rights for

tous droits (de reproduction) réservés copyright ou all rights reserved

2. INFORMATIQUE

droit d'accès permissions

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > droit
13 من

مِن \ by: (showing how sth. is done): We hold things by the handle. We know people by name. We learn by experience. We earn money by working. from: showing the time that sth. started: I waited from six o’clock till eight, showing where sth. began or was obtained Are men descended from monkeys? He read aloud from the newspaper, showing cause He suffered from stomach pains, showing the lower limit of costs, numbers, etc. New bicycles cost from $60 to $90 each, showing a change The price rose from 20 pence to 25 pence, showing difference I don’t know one from the other, showing the place that one has left He arrived from Glasgow. of: (after a noun) showing contents, amount, kind, etc.: a cup of coffee (a cup that contains coffee); a cupful of coffee (enough coffee to fill a cup); a pound of sugar (sugar that weighs a pound); a piece of bread (not a whole loaf), (after an adj. or verb) concerning; about: I’m sure of it. She’s afraid of mice, (after a verb) showing a cause He died of hunger, (after an adj.) showing who did sth. and how he did it It was kind of your father to invite me (Your father was kind...), (after a participle) showing how sth. is formed a dress made of silk. than: used in comparing two objects; here the second subject and verb are always left out: I like you better than him (I like you better than I like him), used in comparing two subjects; it is better to put in the second verb, although some writers leave it out He is taller than I (am). He runs faster than I (do). \ مِن أَجْل \ because of: as a result of: Because of his illness, he could not travel. for: because of: He jumped for joy. She was sent to prison for stealing. for sb. to do sth.: that sb. should do sth.: I’m anxious for him to pass his exams. sake, for the sake of, for sb.’s sake: for the desire of: Why ruin your health for the sake of a little pleasure?, for the good of; so as to help: Soldiers die for the sake of their county (or for their country’s sake). Don’t take any risks for my sake. towards: as a help to: He gave me $5 towards the cost of my bicycle. \ مِن أَجْل ذلك \ hence: (often with no verb) for this reason: My car broke down; hence my late arrival. \ مِن أحدث طِراز \ up to date: up to the present moment; modern; knowing or showing the latest facts: Give me an up-to-date report on political events in South America. \ مِن أَصْل \ out: from among: Ten out of the twenty people were late. \ مِن الأَفْضَل \ preferably: if possible: Any day suits me, but preferably not Sunday. \ مِن الأَفْضَل \ had better: would be wise to: You had better try again tomorrow. \ See Also الأَجْدى لِـ \ مِن الآن \ hence: from now: A week hence I shall be in Rome. \ مِن... إلى \ from... to...: (without a or the) showing passage of time, distance in space, or repeated action: He visits me from time to time. He went from house to house in search of work. \ مِن آن إلى آخر \ every now and again, every now and then: again and again, but with no regular space between. \ مِن الآن فَصَاعِدًا \ henceforth, henceforward: from now on; in future. on: onwards: From now on I shall be more careful. \ مِن البداية إلى النهاية \ through: passing from one side or place to another; making a continuous journey: a through train. \ مِن بَعْدُ \ since: after; during the period after: I saw him on Tuesday, but I haven’t seen him since. I’ve been thinking about him ever since. \ مِن بَعيد \ from afar: from a great distance. \ مِن بَين \ out of: from among: Ten out of the twenty people were late. \ مِن ثَمَّ \ subsequently: afterwards: He became ill in the winter, and subsequently died. \ مِن جَانِبٍ إِلَى آخر \ across: form one side to the other: Run across before a car comes. The river is half a mile across. over: so that a different side is upwards: Turn the page over. Roll the body over. \ مِن جَديد \ afresh: again; making a new beginning: Tear up this page and start afresh. \ مِن جَمِيع الجهَات \ around: on all sides (of); round; here and there: The boys were running around. A crowd gathered around me. \ مِن جَمِيع الوُجوه تقريبًا \ to all intents and purposes: in regard to all that matters: To all intents and purposes, the work is finished (though a few unimportant points remain to be dealt with). \ مِن جِهة \ in respect of, with respect to, respecting: concerning: a bill in respect of car repairs. on the part of: in the case of; so far as sb. is concerned: There was no mistake on her part (If there was a mistake, it was not hers). \ مِن جهة ومِن الجهة الأخرى \ on the one hand, on the other hand: comparing opposite facts or ideas; the first phrase is often left out: (On the one hand) you can live more cheaply in the country; on the other hand, work is harder to find there. \ مِن الحديد \ iron: made of iron; as strong as iron: an iron bar; an iron will. \ مِن حُسن التوفيق \ happily: fortunately: Happily, he was not hurt in the accident. a good job: a fortunate thing: It’s a good job that you crossed before the bridge fell. fortunately: adv. as the result of good fortune: He fell down but fortunately did not hurt himself. \ See Also لحسن الحظ (لِحُسْنِ الحَظّ)‏ \ مِن حَوْل \ around: on all sides (of); round; here and there: The boys were running around. A crowd gathered around me. \ مِن حَيْثُ شَخْصُهُ \ personally: as a person (in regard to character); socially: I like him personally, but I dislike his political ideas. \ مِن حِين لآخَر \ occasional: happening sometimes, but not regularly: We had an occasional quarrel. now and again, now and then: sometimes. \ مِن خِلال \ through: from one side to the other; from one end to the other: He drove a nail through (the board). A river ran through (the town). Water runs through pipes. I looked through the window, but I couldn’t see far through the mist. I read through my notes. \ مِن الدرجة الأولى \ first-class, first-rate: of the best quality: He is a first-class photographer. \ مِن سُخْرِية الأقدار \ ironic(al): (of events) like a cruel joke: It was ironical that she should break her leg just when she had at last got a job as a dancer. \ مِنَ الشرق \ eastern: belonging to the east. \ مِن صُنْعِ اليَد \ hand-made: made by hand, not by a machine: Hand-made shoes. \ مِن الضروريّ أن كما \ must: (p.t.. had to, neg.. needn’t, don’t/didn’t need to; don’t/didn’t have to) need to: You must go now, mustn’t you? Yes, I must. No, I needn’t go yet. \ مِن الطبيعيّ \ it goes without saying (that): naturally; of course: The invitation was sent to me; but it goes without saying that my wife is included. \ مِن الطراز القديم \ old-fashioned: (of people) holding on to old ideas and customs; (of things) not modern; no longer used. \ مِن طَرَف لآخر \ through: passing from one side or place to another; making a continuous journey: a through train. \ مِن عَجيب التَّقادِير \ ironic(al): (of events) like a cruel joke: It was ironical that she should break her leg just when she had at last got a job as a dancer. \ مِن عَلى ظهر السفينة \ overboard: over the side of a boat, and into the water: They jumped overboard when the ship was on fire. \ مِن غَيْر \ without: not with; not having: Without doubt, this is the best. I did it without his help. He took my bicycle without asking me. \ مِن غَيْر حَرَج \ freely: readily: They freely accepted my advice. \ مِنَ الفراء \ fur: animal skin, with the fur on it, used as clothing: a coat with a collar of fur; a fur hat. \ مِنَ الفِراش \ up: out of bed: I get up at 6.30 every morning. We stayed up very late last night. \ مِن فَضْلِك \ kindly: please!: kindly close the door!. please: (when asking) giving a polite order: Please stop that noise. A cup of coffee, please, asking for a favour or for permission Will you help me, please? Please, may I use your pen?. \ مِن فَوْق \ over: across, from one side of sth. to the other: He jumped over the fence. The gate was locked, so he climbed over. \ مِن فَوق سَطْح المَرْكَب \ overboard: over the side of a boat, and into the water: They jumped overboard when the ship was on fire. \ مِن قَبْل \ ago: before the present time: 100 years ago; a short while ago. already: before this time: She’s already married. before: at an earlier time (than): I have been here before. beforehand: before; early; in readiness: If you want your dinner early, warn the cook beforehand. \ مِن قِبَل \ by: (showing who or what did sth.): He was bitten by a dog. \ مِن قَلْبٍ مُخْلص \ heartily: thoroughly: I heartily agree with you. \ مِنَ المُؤسِف \ pity: (with a) an unfortunate fact or happening: It’s a pity that you can’t go with us to the cinema. \ مِنَ المُحَتَّم \ bound, (bind, bound) to: certain to: He’s bound to win. \ See Also المُؤَكَّد أَنّ \ مِنَ المُحْتَمَل \ likely: (usu. with very, most, more or quite) probably: She’s very likely right. well: (with may) very possibly; with good reason: He may well be late if the road is being repaired. \ مِن مُدّةٍ قريبة \ the other day: a few days ago: I met your son the other day. \ مِن المَرْتَبَة أو الدَّرَجة الثّانِية \ second-class: of the next level below that of top quality: The less comfortable second-class seats were much cheaper than the first-class ones. \ مِن المَفْروض أنّ \ be supposed to: to have a duty to; be expected to: You’re supposed to be working now, not playing. You’re not supposed to be here (You ought not be here). \ مِن مَكانٍ لآخَر \ about: from place to place in: We wandered about the town. \ مِن المُمْكِن \ could, (could not, couldn’t): (with an if clause, showing a possibility that depends on sth. else) would be able to: She could buy it if you lent her the money. possibly: perhaps: Possibly you can help. well: (with may) very possibly; with good reason: He may well be late if the road is being repaired.. \ مِنَ المُمْكِن أن \ could, (could not, couldn’t): (showing a simple possibility): You could telephone her (if you wanted to). might: expressing a weak possibility (future, present or past): She might do that tomorrow; she might be doing it at this moment; she might even have done it already (but I doubt that she has done it or ever will do it). \ مِنْ ناحية... مِنَ الناحية الأخرى \ on the one hand, on the other hand: comparing opposite facts or ideas; the first phrase is often left out: (On the one hand) you can live more cheaply in the country; on the other hand, work is harder to find there. \ مِن النّاحية النظريّة \ in theory: as an idea; according to ideas: Your plan may work in theory, but it will not work in practice. \ مِنَ النُّبَلاء \ earl: the title of a British nobleman. \ مِنَ النُّبَلاء \ noble: of high rank: a woman of noble birth. \ See Also الأشراف \ مِنْ نِتاج الوَطَن \ home-grown: (of food) grown in one’s own country, not in another country: home-grown vegetables. \ مِنْ نُسْخَتَين \ in duplicate: on two separate copies: Please complete this list in duplicate. \ مِنْ نَسْل \ descendant: sb. who is descended from a person: a descendant of Queen Victoria. \ See Also ذرية (ذُرِّيَّة)‏ \ مِنْ نَفْس البَلَد \ countryman, countrymen: (usu. fellow countryman) a person of the same nation as another. \ مِنْ نوع راق \ classical: of proved and lasting value: classical music. \ مَنْ هُم أَعْلَى مقَامًا \ betters, one’s betters: those who have more experience or higher rank than onself: Treat your betters with more respect. \ See Also أَرْفَع شَأنًا مِن \ مِن هُنَا \ away: (with verbs of movement) to a distance: Go away! We drove the dog away. by: past: Please let me (get) by. He smiled as he went by. \ مَن هو أَعْلَى دَرَجَةً \ superior: sb. of higher rank: You must obey your superiors. \ مِن واجبه أن \ up to: the duty of: It’s up to his father to punish him. \ مِن وَاحِد إلى آخَر \ over: across, from one person to another: She handed over the keys to a friend. \ مِن الواضح \ much: (in comparison; before most, etc.) without doubt; clearly: He is much the most experienced player in the team. \ مِن وَراءِ ظَهْرِه \ behind sb.’s back: when someone is not present: He tells untrue stories about me behind my back. \ مِن وَقْت لاِخَر \ now and again: sometimes. off and on, on and off: not continuously; at one time and another: It has been raining off and on the whole day. sometimes: at certain times but not always: Sometimes I win and sometimes I don’t. England sometimes has a hot summer, but not often.

Arabic-English dictionary > من
14 τόπος

τόπος, ου, ὁ (Aeschyl.+) prim. ‘place, position, region’.

① an area of any size, gener. specified as a place of habitation

ⓐ inhabited geographical area: place, of a city, village, etc. (Manetho: 609 Fgm. 10, 238 Jac.; in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 238; Diod S 1, 15, 6; 2, 13, 6; 13, 64, 7; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 86; 2, 34) οἱ ἄνδρες τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου (cp. Gen 29:22) Mt 14:35. Cp. Mk 6:11 (of the inhabitants); Lk 4:37; 10:1 (w. πόλις as 2 Ch 34:6; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 115); Ac 16:3; 27:2; Rv 18:17 (s. πλέω). ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ everywhere that people or Christians live (cp. Diod S 13, 22, 3 εἰς πάντα τόπον; Mal 1:11; TestDan 6:7; ParJer 5:32; Just., D. 41, 3, and on the exaggeration in epistolary style PLond III, 891, 9 p. 242 [IV A.D., Christian] ἡ εὐφημία σου περιεκύκλωσεν τ. κόσμον ὅλον) 1 Cor 1:2; 2 Cor 2:14; 1 Th 1:8; 2 Th 3:16 v.l.; MPol 19:1; AcPl Ha 6, 5 and15. Also κατὰ πάντα τόπον MPol ins ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ καὶ χρόνῳ D 14:3. This is perh. the place for τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸ ἔθνος J 11:48 (the Sin. Syr. and Chrysost. vol. VIII 386e take τόπ. to mean Jerusalem [cp. 2 Macc 3:2, 12]; but s. 1b below). ἐν ποίῳ τόπῳ where AcPl Ha 6, 12; without ἐν Hv 1:7 Joly. εἰς ἕτερον τόπον to another place (Dio Chrys. 70 [20], 2; Plut., Mor. 108d) Ac 12:17. Cp. AFridrichsen, Kgl. Hum. Vetensk. Samf. i. Uppsala, Årsbok ’43, 28–30.

ⓑ inhabited structure: space, place, building et al. (Diod S 20, 100, 4 τόποι=buildings; POslo 55, 10 [c. 200 A.D.]; 1 Km 24:23; 2 Ch 25:10) Ac 4:31 (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Τρεμιθοῦς: the τόπος quakes at the παρουσία of Aphrodite). Esp. of a temple (2 Macc 5:17–20 [w. ἔθνος]; 10:7; 3 Macc 1:9ab al.; EpArist 81) perh. J 11:48 (s. 1a above; the same problem arises concerning τόπος PLond 2710 recto, 6: HTR 29, ’36, 40; 45f.—τ. of a temple Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 94, 20 [beg. II A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 16, 165); τόπος ἅγιος (cp. Is 60:13; 2 Macc 1:29; 2:18; 8:17) Mt 24:15; Ac 6:13; 21:28b.

ⓒ a portion of a larger area: place, location (Diod S 2, 7, 5 τόπος τῆς πόλεως=the place on which the city stands; Just., D. 40, 2 ὁ τ. τῆς Ἰερουσαλήμ) ἔρημος τόπος (ἔρημος 1a) Mt 14:13; cp. vs. 15; Mk 1:35; 6:31f, 35; Lk 4:42; 9:12; GJs 17:3. Pl. Mk 1:45. πεδινός Lk 6:17. κρημνώδης Hv 1, 1, 3; Hs 6, 2, 6. καλός v 3, 1, 3b. τόπος τοῦ ἀγροῦ a place in the country 2, 1, 4; 3, 1, 3a; τοῦ σπηλαίου GJs 19:2 (cp. Just., D. 70, 1; 78, 6). Cp. Hv 2, 1, 1; Hs 6, 2, 4. On τόπος διθάλασσος Ac 27:41 s. διθάλασσος. Cp. τραχεῖς τόποι rocky places vs. 29. ὁ τόπος ὅπου (TestAbr B 10 p. 114, 13 [Stone p. 76]; ParJer 7:32; ApcMos 33; Just., D. 78, 8) the place where Mt 28:6; Mk 16:6; J 4:20; 6:23; 10:40; 11:30; 19:20, 41. ὁ τόπος ἔνθα GPt 13:56 (Just., A I, 19, 8; Mel., HE 4, 26, 14). ὁ τόπος ἐφʼ ᾧ ἕστηκας Ac 7:33 (cp. Ex 3:5). The dat. for εἰς w. acc. (B-D-F §199) ποίῳ τόπῳ ἀπῆλθεν Hv 4, 3, 7. ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ in every place (in Jerusalem) 1 Cl 41:2. Combined w. a name εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ Mt 27:33a. ἐπὶ τὸν Γολγοθᾶν τόπον Mk 15:22a.—Lk 23:33; J 19:13; Ac 27:8; Rv 16:16. W. gen.: κρανίου τόπος Mt 27:33b; Mk 15:22b; J 19:17 (s. κρανίον). τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεως Ac 7:49; B 16:2 (both Is 66:1; s. κατάπαυσις 1).—Pleonastic ἐν τόπῳ χωρίου Ῥωμαίων IRo insc. (s. τύπος 6c, end).—(Definite) place, (particular) spot, scene Lk 10:32; 19:5; 22:40; J 5:13; 6:10. ἐκεῖνον τὸν τόπον Papias (3:3) (Just., D. 3, 1 ἐκείνου τοῦ τόπου).

ⓓ pl. regions, districts (Diod S 4, 23, 2; 13, 109, 2; Artem. 2, 9 p. 92, 28; PHib 66, 2; PTebt 281, 12 al.; EpArist 22; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 9) ἄνυδροι τόποι Mt 12:43; Lk 11:24. οἱ ἀνατολικοὶ τόποι the east 1 Cl 25:1. κατὰ τόπους in various regions (κατά B 1a) Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:11. εἰς τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν τόπους Ac 27:2 (Antig. Car. 172 εἰς τοὺς τόπους).

ⓔ an abode: place, room to live, stay, sit etc. (UPZ 146, 31; 37 [II B.C.]) Rv 12:14. ἔτι τόπος ἐστίν there is still room Lk 14:22 (Epict. 2, 13, 10 ποῦ ἔτι τόπος; where is there still room?; Ath. 8, 4 τίς ἐστι τόπος;). οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι 2:7. οὐκ ἔνι τ. ἀπόκρυφος there was no hiding-place GJs 22:3. ἔχειν τόπον have (a) place Rv 12:6; cp. IPhld 2:2; Hv 3, 5, 5; 3, 7, 5; 3, 9, 5; m 12, 5, 4ab. ἑτοιμάσαι τινὶ τόπον J 14:2f (cp. Rv 12:6). δὸς τούτῳ τόπον make room for this person Lk 14:9a (Epict 4, 1, 106 δὸς ἄλλοις τόπον=make room for others). ὁ ἔσχατος τόπος (ἔσχατος 1 and 3) vss. 9b and 10 (on τόπος=‘a place to sit’, cp. Jos., Ant. 12, 210 οἱ τ. τόπους κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν διανέμοντες; Epict. 1, 25, 27; Paus. Attic. α, 128 τόπος of a seat in a theater; Diog. L. 7, 22 ὁ τῶν πτωχῶν τόπ.=the place where the poor people sat [in the auditorium where Zeno the Stoic taught]; Eunap. p. 21; IPergamon 618, s. Dssm., NB 95 [BS 267]). ὁ τόπος αὐτῶν μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων ἐστίν their place is with the angels Hs 9, 27, 3. On ὁ ἀναπληρῶν τὸν τόπον τοῦ ἰδιώτου 1 Cor 14:16 s. ἀναπληρόω 4 (for τόπος=‘position’ s. TestAbr B 4 p. 108, 20 [Stone p. 64] ἕκαστος εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ; Philo, Somn. 1, 238; Jos., Ant. 16, 190 ἀπολογουμένου τόπον λαμβάνων).

ⓕ the customary location of someth.: the place where someth. is found, or at least should or could be found; w. gen. of thing in question ἀπόστρεψον τὴν μάχαιράν σου εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς Mt 26:52 (w. ref. to the sheath). ὁ τόπος τῶν ἥλων the place where the nails had been J 20:25 v.l. (Theodor. Prodr. 9, 174 ‘the mark’ of scratch-wounds). ὁ τόπος αὐτῆς its place, of the lampstand’s place Rv 2:5. Cp. 6:14. τόπος οὐχ εὐρέθη αὐτοῖς there was no longer any place for them (Da 2:35 Theod.—Ps 131:5) 20:11; cp. 12:8. Non-literal use οὐκ ἂν δευτέρας (sc. διαθήκης) ἐζητεῖτο τόπος there would have been no occasion sought for a second (covenant) Hb 8:7. On τὸν τῆς ὑπακοῆς τόπον ἀναπληρώσαντες 1 Cl 63:1 s. ἀναπληρόω 3. ἀποκατασταθήσῃ εἰς τὸν τόπον σου (cod. A οἶκον) you will be restored to your former circumstances Hs 7:6.

ⓖ a transcendent site: esp. of the place to which one’s final destiny brings one. Of the place of salvation (Tob 3:6 ὁ αἰώνιος τόπος; TestJob 49:2 τοῦ ὑψηλοῦ τόπου; JosAs 22:9 τῆς καταπαύσεως; ApcSed 16:5 ἀναψύξεως καὶ ἀναπαύσεως; Ath. 22, 7 οὐράνιον τόπον): 2 Cl 1:2. πορεύεσθαι εἰς τὸν ὀφειλόμενον τόπον τῆς δόξης 1 Cl 5:4. εἰς τὸν ὀφειλόμενον αὐτοῖς τόπον παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ Pol 9:2. ὁ ἅγιος τόπος 1 Cl 5:7. Cp. 44:5; B 19:1.—ὁ ἴδιος τόπος can be neutral (PGM 4, 3123; Cyranides p. 120, 6), a place where one is destined to go IMg 5:1. But the expr. can also gain its specif. mng. fr. the context. Of a place of torment or evil (TestAbr A 13 p. 93, 12 [Stone p. 34; foll. by κολαστήριον]; TestAbr B 10 p. 114, 10 [Stone p. 76]; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 30. 178 ὁ τῶν ἀσεβῶν τ. Proclus on Pla., Cratylus p. 72, 7 Pasqu.) Ac 1:25b; cp. Hs 9, 4, 7; 9, 5, 4; 9, 12, 4. W. gen. ὁ τόπος τῆς βασάνου Lk 16:28.

② a specific point of reference in a book, place, passage (Polyb. 12, 25f, 1; Περὶ ὕψους 9, 8 [=p. 18, 5 V.]; 1 Esdr 6:22 v.l.; Philo, De Jos. 151; Jos., Ant. 14, 114; Just., D. 112, 4; cp. Περὶ ὕψους 3, 5 [=p. 8, 6 V.]) Lk 4:17. Cp. 1 Cl 8:4; 29:3; 46:3.

③ a position held in a group for discharge of some responsibility, position, office (Diod S 1, 75, 4 in a judicial body; 19, 3, 1 of a chiliarch [commander of 1,000 men]; Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 5 the τόπος of the priest-prophetess; ins [ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΑ 7, ’34, p. 179 ln. 50, 218 B.C.]; pap; Dssm., NB 95 [BS 267]) λαβεῖν τὸν τόπον τῆς διακονίας Ac 1:25a. For ἐκδίκει σου τὸν τόπον IPol 1:2 s. ἐκδικέω 3. τόπος μηδένα φυσιούτω let high position inflate no one’s ego ISm 6:1. τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἴδιος ὁ τόπος προστέτακται a special office has been assigned the priests 1 Cl 40:5.—44:5. εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦ Ζαχαρίου GJs 24:4.

④ a favorable circumstance for doing someth., possibility, opportunity, chance (Just., D. 36, 2 ἐν τῷ ἁρμόζοντι τόπῳ at the appropriate point in the discussion; w. gen. Polyb. 1, 88, 2 τόπος ἐλέους; Heliod. 6, 13, 3 φυγῆς τόπος; 1 Macc 9:45) τόπον ἀπολογίας λαβεῖν have an opportunity to defend oneself Ac 25:16 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 258 μήτʼ ἀπολογίας μήτʼ ἐλέγχου τόπον ἐχόντων). μετανοίας τόπον εὑρεῖν Hb 12:17; διδόναι (cp. Wsd 12:10) 1 Cl 7:5. In the latter pass. the persons to whom the opportunity is given are added in the dat. (cp. Plut., Mor. 62d; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 14 III, 15 [I A.D.] βασιλεῖ τόπον διδόναι=give a king an opportunity; Sir 4:5). μηδὲ δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ do not give the devil a chance to exert his influence Eph 4:27. δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ give the wrath (of God) an opportunity to work out its purpose Ro 12:19 (on ὀργῇ διδόναι τόπον cp. Plut., Mor. 462b; cp. also δὸς τόπον νόμῳ Sir 19:17. On Ro 12:19 s. ESmothers, CBQ 6, ’44, 205–15, w. reff. there; Goodsp., Probs. 152–54). τόπον ἔχειν have opportunity (to do the work of an apostle) 15:23.

⑤ idiom: ἐν τῷ τόπῳ οὗ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς …, ἐκεῖ κληθήσονται (=LXX Hos 2:1) is prob. to be rendered instead of their being told …, there they shall be called Ro 9:26 (cp. Hos 2:1 בִּמְקוֹם אֲשֶׁר ‘instead of’ s. HWolff, Hosea [Hermeneia] ’74, 27; Achmes 207, 17 ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἐκείνῳ=instead of that).—DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > τόπος
15 φέρω

φέρω (Hom.+) impf. ἔφερον; fut. οἴσω J 21:18; Rv 21:26; 1 aor. ἤνεγκα, ptc. ἐνέγκας; 2 aor. inf. ἐνεγκεῖν (B-D-F §81, 2); pf. ἐνήνοχα (LXX, JosAs). Pass.: 1 aor. ἠνέχθην 2 Pt 1:17, 21a, 3 pl. ἐνέχθησαν Hs 8, 2, 1.

① to bear or carry from one place to another, w. focus on an act of transport

ⓐ lit.

α. carry, bear (Aristoph., Ra. [Frogs] 27 τὸ βάρος ὸ̔ φέρεις; X., Mem. 3, 13, 6 φορτίον φέρειν; GrBar 12:1 κανίσκια ‘baskets’) ἐπέθηκαν αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν φέρειν ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ Lk 23:26 (s. σταυρός 1).—In imagery drawn from Gen 2 οὗ ξύλον φέρων καὶ καρπὸν αἱρῶν if you bear the tree (of the word) and pluck its fruit Dg 12:8. For Papias (3:2) s. 3a.

β. bring with one, bring/take along (Diod S 6, 7, 8 γράμματα φέρων; GrBar 12:7 φέρετε ὸ̔ ἠνέγκατε ‘bring here what you have brought’, for the nuance of φέρετε s. 2a; PTebt 418, 9; 421, 6; 8) φέρουσαι ἃ ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα Lk 24:1. Cp. J 19:39.

ⓑ fig.

α. carry a burden οὗτος τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν φέρει 1 Cl 16:4 (Is 53:4).

β. bear a name τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου bear the name of the Lord, i.e. of a Christian Pol 6:3 (cp. Just., D. 35, 6).

γ. bear/grant a favor χάριν τινὶ φέρειν (Il. 5, 211; Od. 5, 307; cp. Aeschyl., Ag. 421f; but not Andoc., De Reditu 9 ‘express gratitude’) ἐλπίσατε ἐπὶ τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ hope for the favor that is being granted you in connection w. the revelation of Jesus Christ (i.e. when he is revealed) 1 Pt 1:13.

② to cause an entity to move from one position to another, w. focus on the presentation or effecting of someth.

ⓐ a thing bring (on), produce (GrBar 12:7 φέρετε ‘bring here’ [what you have brought with you, s. 1aβ])

α. bring (to), fetch τὶ someth. Mk 6:27, 28 (ἐπὶ πίνακι. On the bringing in of a head at a banquet cp. Diog. L. 9, 58: the presence of a severed head did not necessarily disturb the mood at a meal. Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 20, §81 relates concerning Antony that he had the head of Cicero placed πρὸ τῆς τραπέζης); Lk 13:7 D; 15:22 v.l. for ἐξ-; Ac 4:34, 37; 5:2; 2 Ti 4:13; B 2:5; MPol 11:2; Hs 8, 1, 16 (w. double acc., of obj. and pred.); 9, 10, 1; δῶρα GJs 1:2; 5:1. Pass. Mt 14:11a (ἐπὶ πίνακι); Hv 3, 2, 7; 3, 5, 3; Hs 8, 2, 1ab; 9, 4, 7; 9, 6, 5–7; 9, 9, 4f. τινί τι (JosAs 16:1 φέρε δή μοι καὶ κηρίον μέλιτος; ApcMos 6) someth. to someone Mt 14:18 (w. ὧδε); Mk 12:15. θυσίαν τῷ θεῷ 1 Cl 4:1 (s. Gen 4:3; cp. Just., A I, 24, 2 θυσίας). The acc. is supplied fr. the context Mt 14:11b; J 2:8a. The dat. and acc. are to be supplied οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν Mk 12:16; J 2:8b. φέρειν πρός τινα w. acc. of the thing to be supplied (X., Cyr. 8, 3, 47; Ex 32:2) Hs 8, 4, 3; 9, 10, 2. φ. τι εἰς (1 Km 31:12) Rv 21:24, 26. μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν; do you suppose that anyone has brought him anything to eat? J 4:33. S. φόρος.

β. Fig. bring (about) (Hom.+; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 284, 11 [II B.C.] αἰσχύνην; PTebt 104, 30; POxy 497, 4; 1062, 14; Jos., Vi. 93, C. Ap. 1, 319; SibOr 3, 417; Just., A I, 27, 5 [βλάβην]) τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ φέρον ἄφεσιν the baptism which brings (about) forgiveness B 11:1.

ⓑ a living being, animal or human, lead, bring

α. animals (TestAbr A 2 p. 79, 8 [Stone p. 6] ἵππους; ibid. B 2 p. 106, 21 [Stone p. 60] μόσχον) Mk 11:2, 7 (πρός τινα); Lk 15:23; Ac 14:13 (ἐπὶ τ. πυλῶνας); GJs 4:3.

β. people: bring or lead τινά someone ἀσθενεῖς Ac 5:16. κακούργους GPt 4:10. τινὰ ἐπὶ κλίνης (Jos., Ant. 17, 197) Lk 5:18. τινά τινι someone to someone Mt 17:17 (w. ὧδε); Mk 7:32; 8:22. Also τινὰ πρός τινα Mk 1:32; 2:3; 9:17, 19f. φέρουσιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Γολγοθᾶν τόπον 15:22 (TestAbr A 11 p. 88, 27 [Stone p. 24] ἐπὶ τὴν ἀνατολήν). ἄλλος οἴσει (σε) ὅπου οὐ θέλεις J 21:18.

③ to cause to follow a certain course in direction or conduct, move out of position, drive, the pass. can be variously rendered: be moved, be driven, let oneself be moved

ⓐ lit., by wind and weather (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1700; Chariton 3, 5, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 62 §278 in spite of the storm Marius leaped into a boat and ἐπέτρεψε τῇ τύχῃ φέρειν let himself be driven away by fortune; Jer 18:14; PsSol 8:2 πυρὸς … φερομένου; TestNapht 6:5; Ar. 4, 2 ἄστρα … φερόμενα; Tat. 26, 1 τῆς νεὼς φερομένης) Ac 27:15, 17.—Move, pass (s. L-S-J-M s.v. φέρω B 1) φέρεσθαι δὲ διʼ αὐτοῦ … ἰχῶρας foul discharges were emitted … through it (Judas’s penis) Papias (3:2).

ⓑ fig., of the Spirit of God, by whom people are moved (cp. Job 17:1 πνεύματι φερόμενος) ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι 2 Pt 1:21b. Cp. Ac 15:29 D. τῇ πίστει φερόμενος ὁ Παῦλος AcPl Ha 5, 1. Of the impulse to do good Hs 6, 5, 7. Of the powers of evil (Ps.-Plut., Hom. 133 ὑπὸ ὀργῆς φερόμενοι; Jos., Bell. 6, 284; Ath. 25, 4) PtK 2 p. 14, 11; Dg 9:1; Hs 8, 9, 3.

ⓒ also of the wind itself (Ptolem., Apotel. 1, 11, 3 οἱ φερόμενοι ἄνεμοι; Diog. L. 10, 104 τ. πνεύματος πολλοῦ φερομένου; Quint. Smyrn. 3, 718) φέρεσθαι rush Ac 2:2.

ⓓ of various other entities: of fragrance φέρεσθαι ἐπί τινα be borne or wafted to someone (Dio Chrys. 66 [16], 6 ‘rush upon someone’) ApcPt 5:16.—Of writings (Diog. L. 5, 86 φέρεται αὐτοῦ [i.e. Heraclid. Pont.] συγγράμματα κάλλιστα; Marinus, Vi. Procli 38; cp. Arrian, Anab. 7, 12, 6 λόγος ἐφέρετο Ἀλεξάνδρου=a saying of Alexander was circulated) οὗ (=τοῦ Εἰρηναίου) πολλὰ συγγράμματα φέρεται of whom there are many writings in circulation EpilMosq 2.—Of spiritual development ἐπὶ τὴν τελειότητα φερώμεθα let us move on toward perfection Hb 6:1.

④ to move an object to a particular point, put, place φέρειν τὸν δάκτυλον, τὴν χεῖρα put or reach out the finger, the hand J 20:27a (ὧδε), vs. 27b.

⑤ to cause to continue in a state or condition, sustain, fig., of the Son of God φέρων τὰ πάντα τῷ ῥήματι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ who bears up the universe by his mighty word Hb 1:3 (cp. Plut., Lucull. 6, 3 φέρειν τὴν πόλιν; Num 11:14; Dt 1:9).

⑥ to afford passage to a place, lead to, of a gate, lead somewhere (cp. Hdt. 2, 122; Thu. 3, 24, 1 τὴν ἐς Θήβας φέρουσαν ὁδόν; Ps.-Demosth. 47, 53 θύρα εἰς τὸν κῆπον φέρουσα; SIG 1118, 5; POxy 99, 7; 17 [I A.D.]; 69, 1 [II A.D.] θύρα φέρουσα εἰς ῥύμην) τήν πύλην τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν Ac 12:10 (X., Hell. 7, 2, 7 αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φέρουσαι πύλαι; Diog. L. 6, 78 παρὰ τῇ πύλῃ τῇ φερούσῃ εἰς τὸν Ἰσθμόν; Jos., Ant. 9, 146).—See Fitzmyer s.v. ἄγω.

⑦ to bring a thought or idea into circulation, bring, utter, make a word, speech, announcement, charge, etc. (TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 8/Stone p. 68 [ParJer 7:8] φάσιν ‘news’; Jos., Vi. 359, C. Ap. 1, 251; Just., A I, 54, 1 ἀπόδειξιν ‘proof’, A II, 12, 5 ἀπολογίαν), as a judicial expr. (cp. Demosth. 58, 22; Polyb. 1, 32, 4; PAmh 68, 62; 69; 72) κατηγορίαν J 18:29. Cp. Ac 25:7 v.l., 18 (Field, Notes 140); 2 Pt 2:11. Perh. this is the place for μᾶλλον ἑαυτῶν κατάγνωσιν φέρουσιν rather they blame themselves 1 Cl 51:2. διδαχήν 2J 10. ὑποδείγματα give or offer examples 1 Cl 55:1 (Polyb. 18, 13, 7 τὰ παραδείγματα). τοῦτο φέρεται ἐν this is brought out = this is recorded in EpilMosq 4.—Of a divine proclamation, whether direct or indirect (Diod S 13, 97, 7 τ. ἱερῶν φερόντων νίκην; Just., D. 128, 2 τοῦ πατρὸς ὁμιλίας [of the Logos]) 2 Pt 1:17, 18, 21a.

⑧ to demonstrate the reality of someth., establish θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the one who made the will must be established Hb 9:16.

⑨ to hold out in the face of difficulty, bear patiently, endure, put up with (X., An. 3, 1, 23; Appian, Samn. 10 §13 παρρησίαν φ.=put up with candidness, Iber. 78 §337; Jos., Ant. 7, 372; 17, 342; AssMos Fgm. j βλασφημίαν; Just., D. 18, 3 πάντα; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 θανάτου τὸ γέρας) μαλακίαν 1 Cl 16:3 (Is 53:3). τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν αὐτοῦ (i.e. Ἰησοῦ) Hb 13:13 (cp. Ezk 34:29). τὸ διαστελλόμενον 12:20. εὐκλεῶς 1 Cl 45:5. Of God ἤνεγκεν ἐν πολλῇ μακροθυμίᾳ σκεύη ὀργῆς Ro 9:22. φῶς μέγα … ὥστε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς μὴ φέρειν a light so bright that their eyes could not endure it GJs 19:2.

⑩ to be productive, bear, produce of a plant and its fruits, lit. and in imagery (Hom. et al.; Diod S 9, 11, 1; Aelian, VH 3, 18 p. 48, 20; Jo 2:22; Ezk 17:8; Jos., Ant. 4, 100) Mt 7:18ab; Mk 4:8; J 12:24; 15:2abc, 4f, 8, 16; Hs 2:3f, 8.—B. 707. DELG. Schmidt, Syn. III 167–93. M-M. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > φέρω
16 Ἱεροσόλυμα

Ἱεροσόλυμα, τά and ἡ (also Ἰερ-, Ἱεροσάλημα [GJs 20:4 pap]) and Ἰερουσαλήμ, ἡ indecl. (also Ἱερ-; יְרוּשָׁלַיִם, יְרוּשָׁלֵם) Jerusalem. On the breathing s. B-D-F §39, 1; Mlt-H. 101; on the form of the name s. B-D-F §56, 1 and 4; W.-S. §10, 3; Mlt-H. 147f; Ramsay, Exp. 7th ser., 3, 1907, 110ff, 414f; Harnack, D. Apostelgesch. 1908, 72ff; RSchütz, ZNW 11, 1910, 169–87; JJeremias, ZNW 65, ’74, 273–76; GKilpatrick, NovT 25, ’83, 318–26; DSylva, ZNW 74, ’83, 207–21.—τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα (Polyb. 16, 39, 4; Diod S 34 + 35, Fgm. 1, 1; 2; 3; 5; Strabo 16, 2, 34; 36; 40; Appian, Syr. 50 §252; Cass. Dio 37, 15; 17; Timochares [II B.C.]: 165 Fgm. 1 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 35]; Ps.-Hecataeus: 264 Fgm. 21, 197 Jac. [in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 197]; Agatharchides [II B.C.]: 86 Fgm. 20a, 209 Jac. [in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 209]; Manetho [III B.C.]: 609 Fgm. 10 a, 241 Jac. [in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 241 al.]; Lysimachus [I B.C.–I A.D.]: 621 Fgm. 1, 311 Jac. [in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 311]; PGM 13, 997; LXX in Apocr. [Thackeray 168]; EpArist 32; 35; 52; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 278; Joseph. [Niese index]; Just. [9 times]) is the form found in Mt (the sole exception 23:37 is fr. a quot.), Mk and J; it is also found in Lk and Ac, as well as Gal 1:17f; 2:1; PtK 4 p. 15, 35.—πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα Mt 2:3; GEb 13, 78; seems to go back to a form ἡ Ἱεροσόλυμα, ης (cp. Pel.-Leg. 14, 14 πᾶσα [ἡ] Ἱεροσόλυμα; Tob 14:4; s. B-D-F §56, 4.—S. also PGM 4, 3069 ἐν τῇ καθαρᾷ Ἱεροσολύμῳ and 13, 233 ἐν Ἱερωσολύμῳ).—ἡ Ἰερουσαλήμ (predom. in LXX; pseudepigr.; Philo, Somn. 2, 250; Just. [22 times apart from quot.]; Mel. [consistently].—Jos., C. Ap. 1, 179 Clearchus [Fgm. 7] is quoted as reporting remarks of his teacher Aristotle in which the latter uses the form Ἱερουσαλήμη [doubted by Niese; Eus., PE 9, 5, 6 has the same quot. fr. Clearchus w. the form Ἱερουσαλήμ]) besides Mt 23:37 (s. above) in Lk, Ac (s. P-LCouchoud/RStahl, RHR 97, 1928, 9–17), predom. in Paul, Hb 12:22; Rv; 1 Cl 41:2; Judaicon 20, 71; GPt; εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ AcPl Ha 8, 30 (Ἱεροσόλυμα BMM verso 1).—Mostly without the art. (PsSol; GrBar prol. 2; AscIs), s. B-D-F §261, 3; 275, 2; W-S. §18, 5e; w. the art. only J 2:23; 5:2; 10:22; 11:18; cp. Ac 5:28; Gal 4:25f; Rv 3:12. No certain conclusions can be drawn concerning the use of the two forms of the name (they are used in the same immediate context by Hecataeus [264 Fgm. 21 Jac., in Eus., PE 9, 4, 2 v.l.]); the mss. vary considerably in their practice.

① the city of Jerusalem, Jerusalem Mt 2:1 and oft.; Mk 3:8 and oft.; Lk 2:25, 41; J 1:19; Ro 15:19, 25f; Gal 1:17f; 2:1 al. ἀναβαίνειν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα Mt 20:17f; Mk 10:32f; Lk 19:28; J 2:13; 5:1; 11:55; Ac 21:15; 25:1; Ἰερουσαλήμ Lk 18:31; Ac 11:2; 21:12. καταβαίνειν ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων Mk 3:22; Ac 11:27; 25:7; καταβαίνειν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ Lk 10:30; Ac 8:26. θυγατέρες Ἰερουσαλήμ Lk 23:28, s. θυγάτηρ 3.

② Jerusalem as collective for its inhabitants, Jerusalem πᾶσα Ἱ. the whole city of Jerusalem (Caecilius Calactinus, Fgm. 75 p. 57, 8 says πᾶσα ἡ Ἑλλάς [Thu. 1, 6, 1] stands ἀντὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων; Pla., Ep. 7, 348a πᾶσα Σικελία; Demosth. 18, 18; Psellus p. 43, 12 πᾶσα ἡ Πόλις=‘all Byzantines’) Mt 2:3; cp. 3:5; Ἰερουσαλὴμ Ἰερουσαλήμ 23:37 (Aeschines, Ctesiph. 133 Θῆβαι, Θῆβαι; Ps.-Demetr. in Eloc. 267 adds to this Aeschines passage the comment, ‘The repetition of the name produces a powerful effect’; sim. Lk 10:41; 22:31; Ac 9:4.—HvanderKwaak, NovT 8, ’66, 56–70); Lk 2:38; 13:34 (Jerusalem is here viewed as dead; such personal address is normal in the ancient world: HJahnow, Das hebräische Leichenlied 1923, 50f; 100; s. for the Hellenic world Il. 18, 333; 19, 287; 315); Ac 21:31.—For a geographical and historical treatment HGuthe, RE VIII 666ff; XXIII 671f; HVincent and F-MAbel, Jérusalem I 1912; II 1926; GDalman, J. u. s. Gelände 1930; MJoin-Lambert, Jerusalem (tr. CHaldane) ’58; PWinter, ‘Nazareth’ and ‘Jer.’ in Lk 1 and 2, NTS 3, ’56/57, 136–42 (lit.); CKopp, The Holy Places of the Gospels ’63 (tr. RWalls), 283–417. On its cultural history JJeremias, Jerus. in the Time of Jesus (tr. FH and CHCave) ’69; BLifshitz, Jérusalem sous la domination romaine: ANRW II/8, 77, 444–89; MPorthuis/CSafrai, eds., The Centrality of Jerusalem ’96. For its theol. significance, JBlinzler in Wikenhauser Festschr. ’52, 20–52; JSchneider, ibid., 207–29. BHHW II 820–50 (lit.). OEANE III 224–38.

③ transcendent Jerusalem, Jerusalem, fig. and eschatol. usage ἡ νῦν Ἰ. the present J. is contrasted w. the ἄνω Ἰ. the heavenly J. Gal 4:25f. For the latter also Ἰ. ἐπουράνιος Hb 12:22 and ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. the new J. Rv 3:12; 21:2, also ἡ ἁγία Ἰ. 21:10; cp. vs. 2. On the theol. usage s. JdeYoung, Jerus. in the NT ’60.—For lit. s. on πόλις 2.—M-M. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > Ἱεροσόλυμα

См. также в других словарях:

The Question Concerning Technology — For Martin Heidegger broadly, the question of being formed the essence of his philosophical inquiry. In The Question Concerning Technology , Heidegger sustains this inquiry, but turns to the particular phenomenon of technology, seeking to derive… … Wikipedia
The Blessed Virgin Mary — The Blessed Virgin Mary † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Virgin Mary The Blessed Virgin Mary is the mother of Jesus Christ, the mother of God. In general, the theology and history of Mary the Mother of God follow the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist — The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist In this article we shall consider: ♦ the fact of the Real Presence, which is, indeed, the central dogma; ♦ the … Catholic encyclopedia
The Syro-Aramaic Reading of the Koran — … Wikipedia
The Bible and homosexuality — is a contentious subject that influences how homosexuality and homosexual sex are regarded in societies where Christianity has made a strong impact. The Bible is generally considered by believers to be inspired by God or to record God s… … Wikipedia
The Celtic Rite — The Celtic Rite † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Celtic Rite This subject will be treated under the following seven heads: I. History and Origin; II. Manuscript Sources; III. The Divine Office; IV. The Mass; V. the Baptismal Service; … Catholic encyclopedia
The Natural History of Iceland — (Danish: Tilforladelige efterretninger om Island) is a natural history of Iceland by Danish lawyer Niels Horrebow. It was first published in Danish in 1752 with an English translation in 1758. Contents 1 History of the work 2 Concerning Snakes … Wikipedia
The Holy Grail — The Holy Grail † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Holy Grail The name of a legendary sacred vessel, variously identified with the chalice of the Eucharist or the dish of the Pascal lamb, and the theme of a famous medieval cycle of romance … Catholic encyclopedia
The United States of America — The United States of America † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America BOUNDARIES AND AREA On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Structure of Scientific Revolutions — (1962), by Thomas Kuhn, is an analysis of the history of science. Its publication was a landmark event in the sociology of knowledge, and popularized the terms paradigm and paradigm shift .HistoryThe work was first published as a monograph in the … Wikipedia
The World We Live In — appeared in the pages of LIFE magazine from December 8, 1952, to December 20, 1954. A science series, it comprised 13 chapters published on an average of every eight months.Written by Lincoln Barnett, The World We Live In spanned a diverse range… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

in the passage concerning

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

in the passage concerning

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: